Notice of Availability of the Document Entitled Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment, 17766-17817 [05-6642]

Download as PDF 17766 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [FRL–7895–2] Notice of Availability of the Document Entitled Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). ACTION: Notice of availability of final document. AGENCY: SUMMARY: This Notice announces the availability of the final document, Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment (EPA/630/P–03/001F), hereafter referred to as the Guidelines. These Guidelines were developed as part of an Agency-wide guidelines development program by a Technical Panel of the U.S. EPA’s Risk Assessment Forum, which was composed of scientists from throughout the Agency. Selected drafts were peer reviewed internally by the U.S. EPA’s Science Advisory Board, and by experts from universities, environmental groups, industry and other governmental agencies. The Guidelines were also subjected to several public comment periods. Issuance of these final Guidelines fulfills EPA’s obligations under section 112(o) (7) of the Clean Air Act. DATES: The Guidelines are available for use by EPA risk assessors as March 29, 2005. ADDRESSES: This Notice contains the full Guidelines document. The Guidelines also are available electronically through the EPA Web site at https://www.epa.gov/cancerguidelines. A limited number of paper and CDROM copies will be available from the EPA’s National Service Center for Environmental Publications (NSCEP), P.O. Box 42419, Cincinnati, OH 45242; telephone: (800) 490–9198 or (513) 489– 8190; facsimile: (513) 489–8695. Please provide your name, mailing address and the title and number of the requested EPA publication (EPA/630/P–03–001F). Additionally, copies of the Guidelines will be available for inspection at EPA headquarters and regional libraries, through the U.S. Government Depository Library program. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dr. William P. Wood, Risk Assessment Forum, National Center for Environmental Assessment (8601D), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington DC 20460, telephone: (202) 564–3361; facsimile: (202) 565–0062; or e-mail: risk.forum@epamail.epa.gov. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In the 1983 Risk Assessment in the Federal VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 Government: Managing the Process, the National Academy of Sciences recommended that Federal regulatory agencies establish ‘‘inference guidelines’’ to promote consistency and technical quality in risk assessment, and to ensure that the risk assessment process is maintained as a scientific effort separate from risk management. A task force within EPA accepted that recommendation and requested that EPA scientists begin to develop such guidelines. In 1984, EPA scientists began work on risk assessment guidelines for carcinogenicity, mutagenicity, suspect developmental toxicants, chemical mixtures and exposure assessment. Following extensive scientific and public review, these five guidelines were issued on September 24, 1986 (51 FR 33992– 34054). Since 1986, additional risk assessment guidelines have been developed, revised and supplemented. EPA continues to revisit the guidelines as experience and scientific consensus evolve. In 1996, the Agency published proposed revisions to EPA’s 1986 cancer guidelines for public comment. Since the 1996 proposal, the document has undergone extensive public comment and scientific peer review, including three reviews by EPA’s Science Advisory Board (SAB) in February 1997, January 1999 and July 1999. The July 1999 review panel was supplemented by the EPA Children’s Health Protection Advisory Committee. Public comments were received concurrent to each of these reviews. In 2001 (66 FR 59593, November 29, 2001) an additional public comment period was held requesting new information gained through the use of the July 1999 draft final revised guidelines on issues including, but not limited to, the nature and use of default assumptions; definition and application of hazard descriptors; identification of carcinogenic mode(s) of action and, in particular, consideration of relevancy for children (e.g., the potential for differential life stage susceptibility); and guidance on the use of the margin of exposure analysis. The notice also announced that the July 1999 draft final revised guidelines would serve as EPA’s interim guidance to EPA risk assessors preparing cancer risk assessment, until the issuance of final guidelines. In May 2003 EPA made available for public comment a revised draft of the guidelines, and in February 2005 the guidelines underwent interagency review. The final Guidelines issued today are based, in part, upon the recommendations derived from public PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 comments, workshops and recommendations of the SAB. CAA section 112(o)(7) provides ‘‘[t]he Administrator shall consider, but need not adopt, the recommendations contained in the report of the National Academy of Sciences prepared pursuant to this subsection and the views of the Science Advisory Board, with respect to such report. Prior to the promulgation of any standard under [CAA section 112(f)], and after notice and opportunity for comment, the Administrator shall publish revised Guidelines for Carcinogenic Risk Assessment or a detailed explanation of the reasons that any recommendations contained in the report of the National Academy of Sciences will not be implemented.’’ In response to CAA section 112(o)(7), the 1994 National Research Council (NRC) report, and continuing developments in the science of cancer risk assessment, EPA began the process of revising its Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment. Revisions to the Guidelines were intended to make greater use of the increasing scientific understanding of the mechanisms that underlie the carcinogenic process. Several drafts of revisions to the Guidelines have been subject to extensive public comment and scientific peer review, including three reviews by EPA’s SAB, as discussed above. EPA considered the 1994 recommendations of the NRC on the Guidelines. EPA’s approach to those NRC recommendations is reflected in the Guidelines. Draft EPA responses to the NRC recommendations were presented in the preamble to the 1996 draft of these revised Guidelines (61 FR 18003, April 23, 1996). By issuing the final Guidelines which address the recommendations of the NRC, EPA has fulfilled its responsibilities under CAA section 112(o)(7). Features of the Guidelines The Guidelines are intended to make greater use of the increasing scientific understanding of the mechanisms that underlie the carcinogenic process. The final guidelines include discussions of all of the four steps of the risk assessment process and provide guidance to risk assessors on these steps. In applying these principles to the development of these Guidelines, the following key issues were highlighted: use of default options, the consideration of mode of action, understanding of biological changes, fuller characterization of carcinogenic potential, and consideration of differences in susceptibility. Use of default options—Default options are approaches that EPA can E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices apply in risk assessments when scientific information about the effects of an agent on human health is unavailable, limited, or of insufficient quality. Under the final Guidelines, EPA’s approach begins with a critical analysis of available information, and then invokes defaults if needed to address uncertainty or the absence of critical information. Consideration of mode of action— Cancer refers to a group of diseases involving abnormal, malignant tissue growth. Research has revealed that the development of cancer involves a complex series of steps and that carcinogens may operate in a number of different ways. The final Guidelines emphasize the value of understanding the biological changes and how these changes might lead to the development of cancer. They also discuss ways to evaluate and use such information, including information about an agent’s postulated mode of action, or the series of steps and processes that lead to cancer formation. Mode-of-action data, when available and of sufficient quality, may be used to draw conclusions about the potency of a chemical, its potential effects at low doses, whether findings in animals are relevant to humans, and which populations or lifestages may be particularly susceptible. Fuller characterization of carcinogenic potential—In the final Guidelines, an agent’s human carcinogenic potential is described in a weight-of-evidence narrative. The narrative summarizes the full range of available evidence and describes any conditions associated with conclusions about an agent’s hazard potential. For example, the narrative may explain that a chemical appears to be carcinogenic by some routes of exposure but not by others (e.g., by inhalation but not ingestion). Similarly, a hazard may be attributed to exposures during sensitive life-stages of development but not at other times. The narrative also summarizes uncertainties and key default options that have been invoked. To provide additional clarity and consistency in weight-of-evidence narratives, the Guidelines present a set of weight-of-evidence descriptors that accompany the narratives. The Guidelines emphasize that risk managers should consider the full range of information in the narratives and not focus exclusively on the descriptors. As in the case of the narratives, descriptors may apply only to certain routes of exposure, dose ranges and durations of exposure. Consideration of differences in susceptibility—The Guidelines explicitly recognize that variation may VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 exist among people in their susceptibility to carcinogens. Some subpopulations may experience increased susceptibility to carcinogens throughout their life, such as people who have inherited predisposition to certain cancer types or reduced capacity to repair genetic damage. Also, during certain lifestages the entire population may experience heightened susceptibility to carcinogens. In particular, EPA notes that childhood may be a lifestage of greater susceptibility for a number of reasons: rapid growth and development that occurs prenatally and after birth, differences related to an immature metabolic system, and differences in diet and behavior patterns that may increase exposure. The final Guidelines explicitly call for consideration of possible sensitive subpopulations and/or lifestages (such as childhood). Therefore, concurrent with release of the final Guidelines, EPA published a separate guidance, entitled Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Susceptibility from Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens (EPA/630/R–03/003F), hereafter referred to as the Supplemental Guidance, describing possible approaches that could be used to assess risks resulting from early life exposure to potential carcinogens. The Supplemental Guidance is separate from the Guidelines so that it may be more easily updated in a timely manner given the expected rapid evolution of scientific understanding about the effects of early-life exposures. Availability of the Supplemental Guidance is announced in a separate notice, also published in today’s Federal Register. Risk Assessment Guidelines at EPA These Guidelines set forth principles and procedures to guide EPA scientists in the conduct of cancer risk assessments and to inform Agency decision makers and the public about these procedures. Policies in this document are intended as internal guidance for EPA. So risk assessors and risk managers at EPA are the primary audience. These Guidelines also provide basic information to the public about EPA’s risk assessment methods. In particular, the Guidelines emphasize that risk assessments should be conducted on a case-by-case basis, giving full consideration to all relevant scientific information. This approach means that Agency experts study scientific information on each agent under review and use the most scientifically appropriate interpretation to assess risk. The Guidelines also stress that this information be fully presented PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17767 in Agency risk assessment documents, and that Agency scientists identify the strengths and weaknesses of each assessment by describing uncertainties, assumptions and limitations, as well as the scientific basis and rationale for each assessment. The Guidelines are formulated in part to bridge gaps in risk assessment methodology and data. By identifying these gaps and the importance of the missing information to the risk assessment process, EPA wishes to encourage research and analysis that will lead to new risk assessment methods and data. The Guidelines are guidance only. They do not establish any substantive ‘‘rules’’ under the Administrative Procedure Act or any other law and have no binding effect on EPA or any regulated entity, but instead will represent a non-binding statement of policy. EPA believes that the Guidelines represent a sound and up-to-date approach to cancer risk assessment and enhance the application of the best available science in EPA’s risk assessments. However, EPA cancer risk assessments may be conducted differently than envisioned in the Guidelines for many reasons, including (but not limited to) new information, new scientific understanding or new science policy judgment. The science of risk assessment continues to develop rapidly, and specific components of the Guidelines may become outdated or may otherwise require modification in individual settings. Use of the Guidelines in future risk assessments will be based on decisions by EPA that approaches from the Guidelines are suitable and appropriate in the context of those particular risk assessments. These judgments will be tested through peer review, and risk assessments will be modified to use different approaches if appropriate. Even though the Guidelines are not binding rules, EPA is issuing them in a manner consistent with the procedures in the Administrative Procedure Act that are generally applicable to rulemaking, including providing opportunity for public comment. EPA considered and responded to all significant public comments as it prepared the Guidelines and will send a copy of the final Guidelines to Congress. EPA certifies that the Guidelines will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities, because the Guidelines are for the benefit of EPA and impose no requirements or costs on small entities. Implementation Beginning today, Guidelines and Supplemental Guidance serve as EPA’s E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17768 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices recommendation to Agency risk assessors preparing cancer risk assessments. As EPA prepares cancer assessments under the Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) program, as well as in other EPA programs, the Agency intends to begin to use the Guidelines and Supplemental Guidance. EPA also intends to consider the Guidelines and Supplemental Guidance along with other selection factors when EPA selects agents for reassessment in annual IRIS agendas (see for example, 70 FR 10616, March 4, 2005). Dated: March 29, 2005. Stephen L. Johnson, Acting Administrator. Contents 1. Introduction 1.1. Purpose and Scope of the Guidelines 1.2. Organization and Application of the Guidelines 1.2.1. Organization 1.2.2. Application 1.3. Key Features of the Cancer Guidelines 1.3.1. Critical Analysis of Available Information as the Starting Point for Evaluation 1.3.2. Mode of Action 1.3.3. Weight of Evidence Narrative 1.3.4. Dose-response Assessment 1.3.5. Susceptible Populations and Lifestages 1.3.6. Evaluating Risks from Childhood Exposures 1.3.7. Emphasis on Characterization 2. Hazard Assessment 2.1. Overview of Hazard Assessment and Characterization 2.1.1. Analyses of Data 2.1.2. Presentation of Results 2.2. Analysis of Tumor Data 2.2.1. Human Data 2.2.1.1. Assessment of Evidence of Carcinogenicity From Human Data 2.2.1.2. Types of Studies 2.2.1.3. Exposure Issues 2.2.1.4. Biological Markers 2.2.1.5. Confounding Actors 2.2.1.6. Statistical Considerations 2.2.1.6.1. Likelihood of Observing an Effect 2.2.1.6.2. Sampling and Other Bias Issues 2.2.1.6.3. Combining Statistical Evidence Across Studies 2.2.1.7. Evidence for Causality 2.2.2. Animal Data 2.2.2.1. Long-term Carcinogenicity Studies 2.2.2.1.1. Dosing Issues 2.2.2.1.2. Statistical Considerations 2.2.2.1.3. Concurrent and Historical Controls 2.2.2.1.4. Assessment of Evidence of Carcinogenicity From Long-term Animal Studies 2.2.2.1.5. Site Concordance 2.2.2.2. Perinatal Carcinogenicity Studies 2.2.2.3. Other Studies 2.2.3. Structural Analogue Data 2.3. Analysis of Other Key Data 2.3.1. Physicochemical Properties 2.3.2. Structure-Activity Relationships 2.3.3. Comparative Metabolism and Toxicokinetics VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 2.3.4. Toxicological and Clinical Findings 2.3.5. Events Relevant to Mode of Carcinogenic Action 2.3.5.1. Direct DNA-Reactive Effects 2.3.5.2. Indirect DNA Effects or Other Effects on Genes/Gene Expression 2.3.5.3. Precursor Events and Biomarker Information 2.3.5.4. Judging Data 2.4. Mode of Action—General Considerations and Framework for Analysis 2.4.1. General Considerations 2.4.2. Evaluating a Hypothesized Mode of Action 2.4.2.1. Peer Review 2.4.2.2. Use of the Framework 2.4.3. Framework for Evaluating Each Hypothesized Carcinogenic Mode of Action 2.4.3.1. Description of the Hypothesized Mode of Action 2.4.3.2. Discussion of the Experimental Support for the Hypothesized Mode of Action 2.4.3.3. Consideration of the Possibility of Other Modes of Action 2.4.3.4. Conclusions About the Hypothesized Mode of Action 2.4.4. Evolution with Experience 2.5. Weight of Evidence Narrative 2.6. Hazard Characterization 3. Dose-Response Assessment 3.1. Analysis of Dose 3.1.1. Standardizing Different Experimental Dosing Regimens 3.1.2. Toxicokinetic Data and Modeling 3.1.3. Cross-species Scaling Procedures 3.1.3.1. Oral Exposures 3.1.3.2. Inhalation Exposures 3.1.4. Route Extrapolation 3.2. Analysis in the Range of Observation 3.2.1. Epidemiologic Studies 3.2.2. Toxicodynamic (‘‘Biologically Based’’) Modeling 3.2.3. Empirical Modeling (‘‘Curve Fitting’’) 3.2.4. Point of Departure (POD) 3.2.5. Characterizing the POD: The POD Narrative 3.2.6. Relative Potency Factors 3.3. Extrapolation to Lower Doses 3.3.1. Choosing an Extrapolation Approach 3.3.2. Extrapolation Using a Toxicodynamic Model 3.3.3. Extrapolation Using a Low-dose Linear Model 3.3.4. Nonlinear Extrapolation to Lower Doses 3.3.5. Comparing and Combining Multiple Extrapolations 3.4. Extrapolation to Different Human Exposure Scenarios 3.5. Extrapolation to Susceptible Populations and Lifestages 3.6. Uncertainty 3.7. Dose-Response Characterization 4. Exposure Assessment 4.1. Defining the Assessment Questions 4.2. Selecting or Developing the Conceptual and Mathematical Models 4.3. Collecting Data or Selecting and Evaluating Available Data 4.3.1. Adjusting Unit Risks for Highly Exposed Populations and Lifestages 4.4. Exposure Characterization PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 5. Risk Characterization 5.1. Purpose 5.2. Application 5.3. Presentation of the Risk Characterization Summary 5.4. Content of the Risk Characterization Summary Appendix: Major Default Options Appendix B: EPA’s Guidance for Data Quality Assessment References List of Figures Figure 1–1. Flow chart for early-life risk assessment using mode of action framework Figure 3–1. Compatibility of Alternative Points of Departure with Observed and Modeled Tumor Incidences Figure 3–2. Crossing between 10% and 1% Dose-Response Curves for Bladder Carcinomas and Liver Carcinomas Induced by 2–AAF 1. Introduction 1.1. Purpose and Scope of the Guidelines These guidelines revise and replace the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA’s, or the Agency’s) Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment, published in 51 FR 33992, September 24, 1986 (U.S. EPA, 1986a) and the 1999 interim final guidelines (U.S. EPA, 1999a; see U.S. EPA 2001b). They provide EPA staff with guidance for developing and using risk assessments. They also provide basic information to the public about the Agency’s risk assessment methods. These cancer guidelines are used with other risk assessment guidelines, such as the Guidelines for Mutagenicity Risk Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1986b) and the Guidelines for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a). Consideration of other Agency guidance documents is also important in assessing cancer risks where procedures for evaluating specific target organ effects have been developed (e.g., assessment of thyroid follicular cell tumors, U.S. EPA, 1998a). All of EPA’s guidelines should be consulted when conducting a risk assessment in order to ensure that information from studies on carcinogenesis and other health effects are considered together in the overall characterization of risk. This is particularly true in the case in which a precursor effect for a tumor is also a precursor or endpoint of other health effects or when there is a concern for a particular susceptible life-stage for which the Agency has developed guidance, for example, Guidelines for Developmental Toxicity Risk Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1991a). The developmental guidelines discuss hazards to children that may result from exposures during preconception and prenatal or postnatal development to E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices sexual maturity. Similar guidelines exist for reproductive toxicant risk assessments (U.S. EPA, 1996a) and for neurotoxicity risk assessment (U.S. EPA, 1998b). The overall characterization of risk is conducted within the context of broader policies and guidance such as Executive Order 13045, ‘‘Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks’’ (Executive Order 13045, 1997) which is the primary directive to Federal agencies and departments to identify and assess environmental health risks and safety risks that may disproportionately affect children. The cancer guidelines encourage both consistency in the procedures that support scientific components of Agency decision making and flexibility to allow incorporation of innovations and contemporaneous scientific concepts. In balancing these goals, the Agency relies on established scientific peer review processes (U.S. EPA, 2000a; OMB 2004). The cancer guidelines incorporate basic principles and science policies based on evaluation of the currently available information. The Agency intends to revise these cancer guidelines when substantial changes are necessary. As more information about carcinogenesis develops, the need may arise to make appropriate changes in risk assessment guidance. In the interim, the Agency intends to issue special reports, after appropriate peer review, to supplement and update guidance on single topics (e.g., U.S. EPA, 1991b). One such guidance document, Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Susceptibility from Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens (‘‘Supplemental Guidance’’), was developed in conjunction with these cancer guidelines (U.S. EPA., 2005). Because both the methodology and the data in the Supplemental Guidance (see Section 1.3.6) are expected to evolve more rapidly than the issues addressed in these cancer guidelines, the two were developed as separate documents. The Supplemental Guidance, however, as well as any other relevant (including subsequent) guidance documents, should be considered along with these cancer guidelines as risk assessments for carcinogens are generated. The use of supplemental guidance, such as the Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Cancer Susceptibility from Early-life Exposure to Carcinogens, has the advantage of allowing the Supplemental Guidance to be modified as more data become available. Thus, the consideration of new, peer-reviewed scientific understanding and data in an assessment can always be consistent VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 with the purposes of these cancer guidelines. These cancer guidelines are intended as guidance only. They do not establish any substantive ‘‘rules’’ under the Administrative Procedure Act or any other law and have no binding effect on EPA or any regulated entity, but instead represent a non-binding statement of policy. EPA believes that the cancer guidelines represent a sound and up-todate approach to cancer risk assessment, and the cancer guidelines enhance the application of the best available science in EPA’s risk assessments. However, EPA cancer risk assessments may be conducted differently than envisioned in the cancer guidelines for many reasons, including (but not limited to) new information, new scientific understanding, or new science policy judgment. The science of risk assessment continues to develop rapidly, and specific components of the cancer guidelines may become outdated or may otherwise require modification in individual settings. Use of the cancer guidelines in future risk assessments will be based on decisions by EPA that the approaches are suitable and appropriate in the context of those particular risk assessments. These judgments will be tested through peer review, and risk assessments will be modified to use different approaches if appropriate. 1.2. Organization and Application of the Cancer Guidelines 1.2.1. Organization Publications by the Office of Science and Technology (OSTP, 1985) and the National Research Council (NRC) (NRC, 1983, 1994) provide information and general principles about risk assessment. Risk assessment uses available scientific information on the properties of an agent 1 and its effects in biological systems to provide an evaluation of the potential for harm as a consequence of environmental exposure. The 1983 and 1994 NRC documents organize risk assessment information into four areas: Hazard identification, dose-response assessment, exposure assessment, and risk characterization. This structure appears in these cancer guidelines, with additional emphasis placed on characterization of evidence and conclusions in each area of the assessment. In particular, the cancer guidelines adopt the approach of the NRC’s 1994 report in adding a 1 The term ‘‘agent’’ refers generally to any chemical substance, mixture, or physical or biological entity being assessed, unless otherwise noted (See Section 1.2.2 for a note on radiation.). PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17769 dimension of characterization to the hazard identification step: an evaluation of the conditions under which its expression is anticipated. Risk assessment questions addressed in these cancer guidelines are as follows. • For hazard—Can the identified agent present a carcinogenic hazard to humans and, if so, under what circumstances? • For dose response—At what levels of exposure might effects occur? • For exposure—What are the conditions of human exposure? • For risk—What is the character of the risk? How well do data support conclusions about the nature and extent of the risk from various exposures? The risk characterization process first summarizes findings on hazard, dose response, and exposure characterizations and then develops an integrative analysis of the whole risk case. It ends in the writing of a technical risk characterization. Other documents, such as summaries for the risk managers and the public, reflecting the key points of the risk characterization are usually written. A summary for managers is a presentation for those who may or may not be familiar with the scientific details of cancer assessment. It also provides information for other interested readers. The initial steps in the risk characterization process are to make building blocks in the form of characterizations of the assessments of hazard, dose response, and exposure. The individual assessments and characterizations are then integrated to arrive at risk estimates for exposure scenarios of interest. As part of the characterization process, explicit evaluations are made of the hazard and risk potential for susceptible lifestages, including children (U.S. EPA, 1995, 2000b). The 1994 NRC document also explicitly called attention to the role of the risk assessment process in identifying scientific uncertainties that, if addressed, could serve to reduce their uncertainty in future iterations of the risk assessment. NRC recommended that when the Agency ‘‘reports estimates of risk to decisions-makers and the public, it should present not only point estimates of risk, but also the sources and magnitudes of uncertainty associated with these estimates’’ (p. 15). Thus, the identified uncertainties serve as a feedback loop to the research community and decisionmakers, specifying areas and types of information that would be particularly useful. There are several reasons for individually characterizing the hazard, dose response, and exposure E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17770 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices assessments. One is that they are often done by different people than those who do the integrative analyses. The second is that there is very often a lapse of time between the conduct of hazard and dose-response analyses and the conduct of exposure assessment and integrative analysis. Thus, it is important to capture characterizations of assessments as the assessments are done to avoid the need to go back and reconstruct them. Finally, frequently a single hazard assessment is used by several programs for several different exposure scenarios. There may be one or several documents involved. ‘‘Integrative analysis’’ is a generic term; and many documents that have other titles may contain integrative analyses. In the following sections, the elements of these characterizations are discussed. 1.2.2. Application The cancer guidelines apply within the framework of policies provided by applicable EPA statutes and do not alter such policies. • The cancer guidelines cover the assessment of available data. They do not imply that one kind of data or another is prerequisite for regulatory action concerning any agent. It is important that, when evaluating and considering the use of any data, EPA analysts incorporate the basic standards of quality, as defined by the EPA Information Quality Guidelines (U.S. EPA, 2002a see Appendix B) and other Agency guidance on data quality such as the EPA Quality Manual for Environmental Programs (U.S. EPA, 2000e), as well as OMB Guidelines for Ensuring and Maximizing the Quality, Utility, and Integrity of Information Disseminated by Federal Agencies (OMB, 2002). It is very important that all analyses consider the basic standards of quality, including objectivity, utility, and integrity. A summary of the factors and considerations generally used by the Agency when evaluating and considering the use of scientific and technical information is contained in EPA’s A Summary of General Assessment Factors for Evaluating the Quality of Scientific and Technical Information (U.S. EPA, 2003). • Risk management applies directives in statutes, which may require consideration of potential risk or solely hazard or exposure potential, along with social, economic, technical, and other factors in decision making. Risk assessments may be used to support decisions, but in order to maintain their integrity as decision-making tools, they are not influenced by consideration of the social or economic consequences of regulatory action. VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 The assessment of risk from radiation sources is informed by the continuing examination of human data by the National Academy of Sciences/NRC in its series of numbered reports: ‘‘Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation.’’ Although some of the general principles of these cancer guidelines may also apply to radiation risk assessments, some of the details of their risk assessment procedures may not, as they are most focused on other kinds of agents. Therefore, these cancer guidelines are not intended to provide the primary source of, or guidance for, the Agency’s evaluation of the carcinogenic risks of radiation. Not every EPA assessment has the same scope or depth, a factor recognized by the National Academy of Sciences (NRC, 1996). For example, EPA’s Information Quality Guidelines (U.S. EPA, 2002a, see Appendix B) discuss influential information that ‘‘will have or does have a clear and substantial impact * * * on important public policies or private sector decisions * * * that should adhere to a rigorous standard of quality.’’ It is often difficult to know a priori how the results of a risk assessment are likely to be used by the Agency. Some risk assessments may be used by Agency economists and policy analysts, and the necessary information for such analyses, as discussed in detail later in this document, should be included when practicable (U.S. EPA, 2002a). On the other hand, Agency staff often conduct screening-level assessments for priority setting or separate assessments of hazard or exposure for ranking purposes or to decide whether to invest resources in collecting data for a full assessment. Moreover, a given assessment of hazard and dose response may be used with more than one exposure assessment that may be conducted separately and at different times as the need arises in studying environmental problems related to various exposure media. The cancer guidelines apply to these various situations in appropriate detail, given the scope and depth of the particular assessment. For example, a screening assessment may be based almost entirely on structure-activity relationships (SARs) and default options, when other data are not readily available. When more data and resources are readily available, assessments can use a critical analysis of all of the available data as the starting point of the risk assessment. Under these conditions, default options would only be used to address uncertainties or the absence of critical data. Default options are inferences based on general PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 scientific knowledge of the phenomena in question and are also matters of policy concerning the appropriate way to bridge uncertainties that concern potential risk to human health. These cancer guidelines do not suggest that all of the kinds of data covered here will need to be available or used for either assessment or decision making. The level of detail of an assessment is a matter of Agency management discretion regarding applicable decision-making needs. The Agency generally presumes that key cancer information (e.g., assessments contained in the Agency’s Integrated Risk Information System) is ‘‘influential information’’ as defined by the EPA Information Quality Guidelines and ‘‘highly influential’’ as defined by OMB’s Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (OMB 2004). 1.3. Key Features of the Cancer Guidelines 1.3.1. Critical Analysis of Available Information as the Starting Point for Evaluation As an increasing understanding of carcinogenesis is becoming available, these cancer guidelines adopt a view of default options that is consistent with EPA’s mission to protect human health while adhering to the tenets of sound science. Rather than viewing default options as the starting point from which departures may be justified by new scientific information, these cancer guidelines view a critical analysis of all of the available information that is relevant to assessing the carcinogenic risk as the starting point from which a default option may be invoked if needed to address uncertainty or the absence of critical information. Preference is given to using information that has been peer reviewed, e.g., reported in peerreviewed scientific journals. The primary goal of EPA actions is protection of human health; accordingly, as an Agency policy, risk assessment procedures, including default options that are used in the absence of scientific data to the contrary, should be health protective (U.S. EPA, 1999b). Use of health protective risk assessment procedures as described in these cancer guidelines means that estimates, while uncertain, are more likely to overstate than understate hazard and/or risk. NRC (1994) reaffirmed the use of default options as ‘‘a reasonable way to cope with uncertainty about the choice of appropriate models or theory’’ (p. 104). NRC saw the need to treat uncertainty in a predictable way that is E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices ‘‘scientifically defensible, consistent with the agency’s statutory mission, and responsive to the needs of decisionmakers’’ (p. 86). The extent of health protection provided to the public ultimately depends upon what risk managers decide is the appropriate course of regulatory action. When risk assessments are performed using only one set of procedures, it may be difficult for risk managers to determine how much health protectiveness is built into a particular hazard determination or risk characterization. When there are alternative procedures having significant biological support, the Agency encourages assessments to be performed using these alternative procedures, if feasible, in order to shed light on the uncertainties in the assessment, recognizing that the Agency may decide to give greater weight to one set of procedures than another in a specific assessment or management decision. Encouraging risk assessors to be receptive to new scientific information, NRC discussed the need for departures from default options when a ‘‘sufficient showing’’ is made. It called on EPA to articulate clearly its criteria for a departure so that decisions to depart from default options would be ‘‘scientifically credible and receive public acceptance’’ (p. 91). It was concerned that ad hoc departures would undercut the scientific credibility of a risk assessment. NRC envisioned that principles for choosing and departing from default options would balance several objectives, including ‘‘protecting the public health, ensuring scientific validity, minimizing serious errors in estimating risks, maximizing incentives for research, creating an orderly and predictable process, and fostering openness and trustworthiness’’ (p. 81). Appendices N–1 and N–2 of NRC (1994) discussed two competing standards for choosing default options articulated by members of the committee. One suggested approach would evaluate a departure in terms of whether ‘‘it is scientifically plausible’’ and whether it ‘‘tends to protect public health in the face of scientific uncertainty’’ (p. 601). An alternative approach ‘‘emphasizes scientific plausibility with regard to the use of alternative models’’ (p. 631). Reaching no consensus on a single approach, NRC recognized that developing criteria for departures is an EPA policy matter. The basis for invoking a default option depends on the circumstances. Generally, if a gap in basic understanding exists or if agent-specific information is missing, a default option may be used. If agent-specific VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 information is present but critical analysis reveals inadequacies, a default option may also be used. If critical analysis of agent-specific information is consistent with one or more biologically based models as well as with the default option, the alternative models and the default option are both carried through the assessment and characterized for the risk manager. In this case, the default model not only fits the data, but also serves as a benchmark for comparison with other analyses. This case also highlights the importance of extensive experimentation to support a conclusion about mode of action, including addressing the issue of whether alternative modes of action are also plausible. Section 2.4 provides a framework for critical analysis of mode of action information to address the extent to which the available information supports the hypothesized mode of action, whether alternative modes of action are also plausible, and whether there is confidence that the same inferences can be extended to populations and lifestages that are not represented among the experimental data. Generally, cancer risk decisions strive to be ‘‘scientifically defensible, consistent with the agency’s statutory mission, and responsive to the needs of decision-makers’’ (NRC, 1994). Scientific defensibility would be evaluated through use of EPA’s Science Advisory Board, EPA’s Office of Pesticide Programs’ Scientific Advisory Panel, or other independent expert peer review panels to determine whether a consensus among scientific experts exists. Consistency with the Agency’s statutory mission would consider whether the risk assessment overall supports EPA’s mission to protect human health and safeguard the natural environment. Responsiveness to the needs of decisionmakers would take into account pragmatic considerations such as the nature of the decision; the required depth of analysis; the utility, time, and cost of generating new scientific data; and the time, personnel, and resources allotted to the risk assessment. With a multitude of types of data, analyses, and risk assessments, as well as the diversity of needs of decisionmakers, it is neither possible nor desirable to specify step-by-step criteria for decisions to invoke a default option. A discussion of major default options appears in the Appendix. Screening-level assessments may more readily use default parameters, even worst-case assumptions, that would not be appropriate in a full-scale assessment. On the other hand, PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17771 significant risk management decisions will often benefit from a more comprehensive assessment, including alternative risk models having significant biological support. To the extent practicable, such assessments should provide central estimates of potential risks in conjunction with lower and upper bounds (e.g., confidence limits) and a clear statement of the uncertainty associated with these estimates. In the absence of sufficient data or understanding to develop of a robust, biologically based model, an appropriate policy choice is to have a single preferred curve-fitting model for each type of data set. Many different curve-fitting models have been developed, and those that fit the observed data reasonably well may lead to several-fold differences in estimated risk at the lower end of the observed range. In addition, goodness-of-fit to the experimental observations is not by itself an effective means of discriminating among models that adequately fit the data (OSTP, 1985). To provide some measure of consistency across different carcinogen assessments, EPA uses a standard curve-fitting procedure for tumor incidence data. Assessments that include a different approach should provide an adequate justification and compare their results with those from the standard procedure. Application of models to data should be conducted in an open and transparent manner. 1.3.2. Mode of Action The use of mode of action 2 in the assessment of potential carcinogens is a main focus of these cancer guidelines. This area of emphasis arose because of the significant scientific advances that have developed concerning the causes of cancer induction. Elucidation of a mode of action for a particular cancer response in animals or humans is a data-rich determination. Significant 2 The term ‘‘mode of action’’ is defined as a sequence of key events and processes, starting with interaction of an agent with a cell, proceeding through operational and anatomical changes, and resulting in cancer formation. A ‘‘key event’’ is an empirically observable precursor step that is itself a necessary element of the mode of action or is a biologically based marker for such an element. Mode of action is contrasted with ‘‘mechanism of action,’’ which implies a more detailed understanding and description of events, often at the molecular level, than is meant by mode of action. The toxicokinetic processes that lead to formation or distribution of the active agent to the target tissue are considered in estimating dose but are not part of the mode of action as the term is used here. There are many examples of possible modes of carcinogenic action, such as mutagenicity, mitogenesis, inhibition of cell death, cytotoxicity with reparative cell proliferation, and immune suppression. E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17772 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices information should be developed to ensure that a scientifically justifiable mode of action underlies the process leading to cancer at a given site. In the absence of sufficiently, scientifically justifiable mode of action information, EPA generally takes public healthprotective, default positions regarding the interpretation of toxicologic and epidemiologic data: Animal tumor findings are judged to be relevant to humans, and cancer risks are assumed to conform with low dose linearity. Understanding of mode of action can be a key to identifying processes that may cause chemical exposures to differentially affect a particular population segment or lifestage. Some modes of action are anticipated to be mutagenic and are assessed with a linear approach. This is the mode of action of radiation and several other agents that are known carcinogens. Other modes of action may be modeled with either linear or nonlinear 3 approaches after a rigorous analysis of available data under the guidance provided in the framework for mode of action analysis (see Section 2.4.3). 1.3.3. Weight of Evidence Narrative The cancer guidelines emphasize the importance of weighing all of the evidence in reaching conclusions about the human carcinogenic potential of agents. This is accomplished in a single integrative step after assessing all of the individual lines of evidence, which is in contrast to the step-wise approach in the 1986 cancer guidelines. Evidence considered includes tumor findings, or lack thereof, in humans and laboratory animals; an agent’s chemical and physical properties; its structure-activity relationships (SARs) as compared with other carcinogenic agents; and studies addressing potential carcinogenic processes and mode(s) of action, either in vivo or in vitro. Data from 3 The term ‘‘nonlinear’’ is used here in a narrower sense than its usual meaning in the field of mathematical modeling. In these cancer guidelines, the term ‘‘nonlinear’’ refers to threshold models (which show no response over a range of low doses that include zero) and some nonthreshold models (e.g., a quadractic model, which shows some response at all doses above zero). In these cancer guidelines, a nonlinear model is one whose slope is zero at (and perhaps above) a dose of zero. A lowdose-linear model is one whose slope is greater than zero at a dose of zero. A low-dose-linear model approximates a straight line only at very low doses; at higher doses near the observed data, a low-doselinear model can display curvature. The term ‘‘lowdose-linear’’ is often abbreviated ‘‘linear,’’ although a low-dose-linear model is not linear at all doses. Use of nonlinear approaches does not imply a biological threshold dose below which the response is zero. Estimating thresholds can be problematic; for example, a response that is not statistically significant can be consistent with a small risk that falls below an experiment’s power of detection. VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 epidemiologic studies are generally preferred for characterizing human cancer hazard and risk. However, all of the information discussed above could provide valuable insights into the possible mode(s) of action and likelihood of human cancer hazard and risk. The cancer guidelines recognize the growing sophistication of research methods, particularly in their ability to reveal the modes of action of carcinogenic agents at cellular and subcellular levels as well as toxicokinetic processes. Weighing of the evidence includes addressing not only the likelihood of human carcinogenic effects of the agent but also the conditions under which such effects may be expressed, to the extent that these are revealed in the toxicological and other biologically important features of the agent. The weight of evidence narrative to characterize hazard summarizes the results of the hazard assessment and provides a conclusion with regard to human carcinogenic potential. The narrative explains the kinds of evidence available and how they fit together in drawing conclusions, and it points out significant issues/strengths/limitations of the data and conclusions. Because the narrative also summarizes the mode of action information, it sets the stage for the discussion of the rationale underlying a recommended approach to dose-response assessment. In order to provide some measure of clarity and consistency in an otherwise free-form, narrative characterization, standard descriptors are used as part of the hazard narrative to express the conclusion regarding the weight of evidence for carcinogenic hazard potential. There are five recommended standard hazard descriptors: ‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans,’’ ‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans,’’ ‘‘Suggestive Evidence of Carcinogenic Potential,’’ ‘‘Inadequate Information to Assess Carcinogenic Potential,’’ and ‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ Each standard descriptor may be applicable to a wide variety of data sets and weights of evidence and is presented only in the context of a weight of evidence narrative. Furthermore, as described in Section 2.5 of these cancer guidelines, more than one conclusion may be reached for an agent. 1.3.4. Dose-Response Assessment Dose-response assessment evaluates potential risks to humans at particular exposure levels. The approach to doseresponse assessment for a particular agent is based on the conclusion reached as to its potential mode(s) of PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 action for each tumor type. Because an agent may induce multiple tumor types, the dose-response assessment includes an analysis of all tumor types, followed by an overall synthesis that includes a characterization of the risk estimates across tumor types, the strength of the mode of action information of each tumor type, and the anticipated relevance of each tumor type to humans, including susceptible populations and lifestages (e.g., childhood). Dose-response assessment for each tumor type is performed in two steps: assessment of observed data to derive a point of departure (POD),4 followed by extrapolation to lower exposures to the extent that is necessary. Data from epidemiologic studies, of sufficient quality, are generally preferred for estimating risks. When animal studies are the basis of the analysis, the estimation of a human-equivalent dose should utilize toxicokinetic data to inform cross-species dose scaling if appropriate and if adequate data are available. Otherwise, default procedures should be applied. For oral dose, based on current science, an appropriate default option is to scale daily applied doses experienced for a lifetime in proportion to body weight raised to the 3⁄4 power (U.S. EPA, 1992b). For inhalation dose, based on current science, an appropriate default methodology estimates respiratory deposition of particles and gases and estimates internal doses of gases with different absorption characteristics. When toxicokinetic modeling (see Section 3.1.2) is used without toxicodynamic modeling (see Section 3.2.2), the dose-response assessment develops and supports an approach for addressing toxicodynamic equivalence, perhaps by retaining some of the crossspecies scaling factor (see Section 3.1.3). Guidance is also provided for adjustment of dose from adults to children (see Section 4.3.1). Response data on effects of the agent on carcinogenic processes are analyzed (nontumor data) in addition to data on tumor incidence. If appropriate, the analyses of data on tumor incidence and on precursor effects may be used in combination. To the extent the relationship between precursor effects and tumor incidence are known, precursor data may be used to estimate a dose-response function below the observable tumor data. Study of the dose-response function for effects 4 A ‘‘point of departure’’ (POD) marks the beginning of extrapolation to lower doses. The POD is an estimated dose (usually expressed in humanequivalent terms) near the lower end of the observed range, without significant extrapolation to lower doses. E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices believed to be part of the carcinogenic process influenced by the agent may also assist in evaluating the relationship of exposure and response in the range of observation and at exposure levels below the range of observation. The first step of dose-response assessment is evaluation within the range of observation. Approaches to analysis of the range of observation of epidemiologic studies are determined by the type of study and how dose and response are measured in the study. In the absence of adequate human data for dose-response analysis, animal data are generally used. If there are sufficient quantitative data and adequate understanding of the carcinogenic process, a biologically based model may be developed to relate dose and response data on an agent-specific basis. Otherwise, as a default procedure, a standard model can be used to curve-fit the data. The POD for extrapolating the relationship to environmental exposure levels of interest, when the latter are outside the range of observed data, is generally the lower 95% confidence limit on the lowest dose level that can be supported for modeling by the data. SAB (1997) suggested that, ‘‘it may be appropriate to emphasize lower statistical bounds in screening analyses and in activities designed to develop an appropriate human exposure value, since such activities require accounting for various types of uncertainties and a lower bound on the central estimate is a scientifically-based approach accounting for the uncertainty in the true value of the ED10 [or central estimate].’’ However, the consensus of the SAB (1997) was that, ‘‘both point estimates and statistical bounds can be useful in different circumstances, and recommended that the Agency routinely calculate and present the point estimate of the ED10 [or central estimate] and the corresponding upper and lower 95% statistical bounds.’’ For example, it may be appropriate to emphasize the central estimate in activities that involve formal uncertainty analysis that are required by OMB Circular A–4 (OMB, 2003) as well as ranking agents as to their carcinogenic hazard. Thus, risk assessors should calculate, to the extent practicable, and present the central estimate and the corresponding upper and lower statistical bounds (such as confidence limits) to inform decisionmakers. The second step of dose-response assessment is extrapolation to lower dose levels, if needed. This extrapolation is based on extension of a biologically based model if supported by substantial data (see Section 3.3.2). VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 Otherwise, default approaches can be applied that are consistent with current understanding of mode(s) of action of the agent, including approaches that assume linearity or nonlinearity of the dose-response relationship, or both. A default approach for linearity extends a straight line from the POD to zero dose/ zero response (see Section 3.3.3). The linear approach is used when: (1) There is an absence of sufficient information on modes of action or (2) the mode of action information indicates that the dose-response curve at low dose is or is expected to be linear. Where alternative approaches have significant biological support, and no scientific consensus favors a single approach, an assessment may present results using alternative approaches. A nonlinear approach can be used to develop a reference dose or a reference concentration (see Section 3.3.4). 1.3.5. Susceptible Populations and Lifestages An important use of mode of action information is to identify susceptible populations and lifestages. It is rare to have epidemiologic studies or animal bioassays conducted in susceptible individuals. This information need can be filled by identifying the key events of the mode of action and then identifying risk factors, such as differences due to genetic polymorphisms, disease, altered organ function, lifestyle, and lifestage, that can augment these key events. To do this, the information about the key precursor events is reviewed to identify particular populations or lifestages that can be particularly susceptible to their occurrence (see Section 2.4.3.4). Any information suggesting quantitative differences between populations or lifestages is flagged for consideration in the dose-response assessment (see Section 3.5 and U.S. EPA 2002b). 1.3.6. Evaluating Risks From Childhood Exposures NRC (1994) recommended that ‘‘EPA should assess risks to infants and children whenever it appears that their risks might be greater than those of adults.’’ Executive Order 13045 (1997) requires that ‘‘each Federal Agency shall make it a high priority to identify and assess environmental health and safety risks that may disproportionately affect children, and shall ensure that their policies, programs, and standards address disproportionate risks that result from environmental health risks or safety risks.’’ In assessing risks to children, EPA considers both effects manifest during childhood and early-life exposures that can contribute to effects at any time later in life. PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17773 These cancer guidelines view childhood as a sequence of lifestages rather than viewing children as a subpopulation, the distinction being that a subpopulation refers to a portion of the population, whereas a lifestage is inclusive of the entire population. Exposures that are of concern extend from conception through adolescence and also include pre-conception exposures of both parents. These cancer guidelines use the term ‘‘childhood’’ in this more inclusive sense. Rarely are there studies that directly evaluate risks following early-life exposure. Epidemiologic studies of early-life exposure to environmental agents are seldom available. Standard animal bioassays generally begin dosing after the animals are several weeks old, when many organ systems are mature. This could lead to an understatement of risk, because an accepted concept in the science of carcinogenesis is that young animals are usually more susceptible to the carcinogenic activity of a chemical than are mature animals (McConnell, 1992). At this time, there is some evidence of higher cancer risks following earlylife exposure. For radiation carcinogenesis, data indicate that risks for several forms of cancer are highest following childhood exposure (NRC, 1990; Miller, 1995; U.S. EPA, 1999c). These human results are supported by the few animal bioassays that include perinatal (prenatal or early postnatal) exposure. Perinatal exposure to some agents can induce higher incidences of the tumors seen in standard bioassays; some examples include vinyl chloride (Maltoni et al., 1981), diethylnitrosamine (Peto et al., 1984), benzidine, DDT, dieldrin, and safrole (Vesselinovitch et al., 1979). Moreover, perinatal exposure to some agents, including vinyl chloride (Maltoni et al., 1981) and saccharin (Cohen, 1995; Whysner and Williams, 1996), can induce different tumors that are not seen in standard bioassays. Surveys comparing perinatal carcinogenesis bioassays with standard bioassays for a limited number of chemicals (McConnell, 1992; U.S. EPA, 1996b) have concluded that • The same tumor sites are usually observed following either perinatal or adult exposure, and • Perinatal exposure in conjunction with adult exposure usually increases the incidence of tumors or reduces the latent period before tumors are observed. The risk attributable to early-life exposure often appears modest compared with the risk from lifetime exposure, but it can be about 10-fold E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17774 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices higher than the risk from an exposure of similar duration occurring later in life (Ginsberg, 2003). Further research is warranted to investigate the extent to which these findings apply to specific agents, chemical classes, and modes of action or in general. These empirical results are consistent with current understanding of the biological processes involved in carcinogenesis, which leads to a reasonable expectation that children can be more susceptible to many carcinogenic agents (Anderson et al., 2000; Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003; Ginsberg, 2003; Miller et al., 2002; Scheuplein et al., 2002). Some aspects potentially leading to childhood susceptibility are listed below. • Differences in the capacity to metabolize and clear chemicals can result in larger or smaller internal doses of the active agent(s). • More frequent cell division during development can result in enhanced expression of mutations due to the reduced time available for repair of DNA lesions (Slikker et al., 2004). • Some embryonic cells, such as brain cells, lack key DNA repair enzymes. • More frequent cell division during development can result in clonal expansion of cells with mutations from prior unrepaired DNA damage (Slikker et al., 2004). • Some components of the immune system are not fully functional during development (Holladay and Smialowicz, 2000; Holsapple et al., 2003). • Hormonal systems operate at different levels during different lifestages. • Induction of developmental abnormalities can result in a predisposition to carcinogenic effects later in life (Anderson et al., 2000; Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003; Fenton and Davis, 2002). To evaluate risks from early-life exposure, these cancer guidelines emphasize the role of toxicokinetic information to estimate levels of the active agent in children and toxicodynamic information to identify whether any key events of the mode of action are of increased concern early in life. Developmental toxicity studies can provide information on critical periods of exposure for particular targets of toxicity. An approach to assessing risks from early-life exposure is presented in Figure 1–1. In the hazard assessment, when there are mode of action data, the assessment considers whether these data have special relevance during childhood, considering the various VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 aspects of development listed above. Examples of such data include toxicokinetics that predict a sufficiently large internal dose in children or a mode of action where a key precursor event is more likely to occur during childhood. There is no recommended default to settle the question of whether tumors arising through a mode of action are relevant during childhood; and adequate understanding the mode of action implies that there are sufficient data (on either the specific agent or the general mode of action) to form a confident conclusion about relevance during childhood (see Section 2.4.3.4). In the dose-response assessment, the potential for susceptibility during childhood warrants explicit consideration in each assessment. These cancer guidelines encourage developing separate risk estimates for children according to a tiered approach that considers what pertinent data are available (see Section 3.5). Childhood may be a susceptible period; moreover, exposures during childhood generally are not equivalent to exposures at other times and may be treated differently from exposures occurring later in life (see Section 3.5). In addition, adjustment of unit risk estimates may be warranted when used to estimate risks from childhood exposure (see Section 4.4). At this time, several limitations preclude a full assessment of children’s risk. There are no generally used testing protocols to identify potential environmental causes of cancers that are unique to children, including several forms of childhood cancer and cancers that develop from parental exposures, and cases where developmental exposure may alter susceptibility to carcinogen exposure in the adult (Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003). Doseresponse assessment is limited by an inability to observe how developmental exposure can modify incidence and latency and an inability to estimate the ultimate tumor response resulting from induced susceptibility to later carcinogen exposures. To partially address the limitations identified above, EPA developed in conjunction with these cancer guidelines, Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Susceptibility from Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens (‘‘Supplemental Guidance’’). The Supplemental Guidance addresses a number of issues pertaining to cancer risks associated with early-life exposures generally, but provides specific guidance on procedures for adjusting cancer potency estimates only for carcinogens acting through a mutagenic mode of action. This PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 Supplemental Guidance recommends, for such chemicals when no chemicalspecific data exist, a default approach using estimates from chronic studies (i.e., cancer slope factors) with appropriate modifications to address the potential for differential risk of earlylifestage exposure. The Agency considered both the advantages and disadvantages to extending the recommended, age dependent adjustment factors for carcinogenic potency to carcinogenic agents for which the mode of action remains unknown. EPA decided to recommend these factors only for carcinogens acting through a mutagenic mode of action based on a combination of analysis of available data and longstanding science policy positions which govern the Agency’s overall approach to carcinogen risk assessment. In general, the Agency prefers to rely on analyses of data, rather than general defaults. When data are available for a sensitive lifestage, they would be used directly to evaluate risks for that chemical and that lifestage on a case-by-case basis. In the case of nonmutagenic carcinogens, when the mode of action is unknown, the data were judged by EPA to be too limited and the modes of action too diverse to use this as a category for which a general default adjustment factor approach can be applied. In this situation, a linear low-dose extrapolation methodology (without further adjustment) is recommended. It is the Agency’s long-standing science policy position that use of the linear low-dose extrapolation approach provides adequate public health conservatism in the absence of chemical-specific data indicating differential early-life sensitivity or when the mode of action is not mutagenic. The Agency expects to produce additional supplemental guidance for other modes of action, as data from new research and toxicity testing indicate it is warranted. EPA intends to focus its research, and work collaboratively with its federal partners, to improve understanding of the implications of early life exposure to carcinogens. Development of guidance for estrogenic agents and chemicals acting through other processes resulting in endocrine disruption and subsequent carcinogenesis, for example, might be a reasonable priority in light of the human experience with diethylstilbesterol and the existing early life animal studies. It is worth noting that each mode of action for endocrine disruption will probably require separate analysis. As the Agency examines additional carcinogenic agents, the age groupings may differ from those recommended for E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices assessing cancer risks from early-life exposure to chemicals with a mutagenic mode of action. Puberty and its associated biological changes, for example, involve many biological processes that could lead to changes in sensitivity to the effects of some carcinogens, depending on their mode of action. The Agency is interested in identifying lifestages that may be particularly sensitive or refractory for carcinogenesis, and believes that the mode of action framework described in these cancer guidelines is an appropriate mechanism for elucidating these lifestages. For each additional mode of action evaluated, the various age groupings determined to be at differential risk may differ from those proposed in the Supplemental VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 Guidance. For example, the age groupings selected for the agedependent adjustments for carcinogens acting through a mutagenic mode of action were initially selected based on the available data, i.e., for the laboratory animal age range representative of birth to < 2 years in humans. More limited data and information on human biology were used to determine a scienceinformed policy regarding 2 to < 16 years. Data were not available to refine the latter age group. If more data become available regarding carcinogens with a mutagenic mode of action, consideration may be given to further refinement of these age groups. PO 00000 1.3.7. Emphasis on Characterization The cancer guidelines emphasize the importance of a clear and useful characterization narrative that summarizes the analyses of hazard, dose-response, and exposure assessment. These characterizations summarize the assessments to explain the extent and weight of evidence, major points of interpretation and rationale for their selection, strengths and weaknesses of the evidence and the analysis, and discuss alternative conclusions and uncertainties that deserve serious consideration (U.S. EPA, 2000b). They serve as starting materials for the overall risk characterization process that completes the risk assessment. BILLING CODE 6560–50–P Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17775 E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17776 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 EN07AP05.000</GPH> BILLING CODE 6560–50–C Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices which the conclusion rests. This narrative is a brief summary that in toto replaces the alphanumerical classification system used in EPA’s 1986 cancer guidelines (U.S. EPA, 1986a). 2. Hazard Assessment 2.1. Overview of Hazard Assessment and Characterization 2.1.1. Analyses of Data The purpose of hazard assessment is to review and evaluate data pertinent to two questions: (1) Whether an agent may pose a carcinogenic hazard to human beings, and (2) under what circumstances an identified hazard may be expressed (NRC, 1994). Hazard assessment involves analyses of a variety of data that may range from observations of tumor responses to analysis of structure-activity relationships (SARs). The purpose of the assessment is not simply to assemble these separate evaluations; its purpose is to construct a total analysis examining what the biological data reveal as a whole about carcinogenic effects and mode of action of the agent, and their implications for human hazard and dose-response evaluation. Conclusions are drawn from weight-ofevidence evaluations based on the combined strength and coherence of inferences appropriately drawn from all of the available information. To the extent that data permit, hazard assessment addresses the question of mode of action of an agent as both an initial step in identifying human hazard potential and as a component in considering appropriate approaches to dose-response assessment. The topics in this chapter include analysis of tumor data, both human and animal, and analysis of other key information about properties and effects that relate to carcinogenic potential. The chapter addresses how information can be used to evaluate potential modes of action. It also provides guidance on performing a weight of evidence evaluation. 2.1.2. Presentation of Results Presentation of the results of hazard assessment should be informed by Agency guidance as discussed in Section 2.6. The results are presented in a technical hazard characterization that serves as a support to later risk characterization. It includes: • A summary of the evaluations of hazard data, • The rationales for its conclusions, and • An explanation of the significant strengths or limitations of the conclusions. Another presentation feature is the use of a weight of evidence narrative that includes both a conclusion about the weight of evidence of carcinogenic potential and a summary of the data on VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 2.2. Analysis of Tumor Data Evidence of carcinogenicity comes from finding tumor increases in humans or laboratory animals exposed to a given agent or from finding tumors following exposure to structural analogues to the compound under review. The significance of observed or anticipated tumor effects is evaluated in reference to all the other key data on the agent. This section contains guidance for analyzing human and animal studies to decide whether there is an association between exposure to an agent or a structural analogue and occurrence of tumors. Note that the use of the term ‘‘tumor’’ in these cancer guidelines is defined as malignant neoplasms or a combination of malignant and corresponding benign neoplasms. Observation of only benign neoplasia may or may not have significance for evaluation under these cancer guidelines. Benign tumors that are not observed to progress to malignancy are assessed on a case-by-case basis. There is a range of possibilities for their overall significance. They may deserve attention because they are serious health problems even though they are not malignant; for instance, benign tumors may be a health risk because of their effect on the function of a target tissue such as the brain. They may be significant indicators of the need for further testing of an agent if they are observed in a short-term test protocol, or such an observation may add to the overall weight of evidence if the same agent causes malignancies in a longterm study. Knowledge of the mode of action associated with a benign tumor response may aid in the interpretation of other tumor responses associated with the same agent. In other cases, observation of a benign tumor response alone may have no significant health hazard implications when other sources of evidence show no suggestion of carcinogenicity. 2.2.1. Human Data Human data may come from epidemiologic studies or case reports. (Clinical human studies, which involve intentional exposures to substances, may provide toxicokinetic data, but generally not data on carcinogenicity.) The most common sources of human data for cancer risk assessment are epidemiologic investigations. Epidemiology is the study of the distribution of disease in human PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17777 populations and the factors that may influence that distribution. The goals of cancer epidemiology are to identify distribution of cancer risk and determine the extent to which the risk can be attributed causally to specific exposures to exogenous or endogenous factors (see Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC, 2004]). Epidemiologic data are extremely valuable in risk assessment because they provide direct evidence on whether a substance is likely to produce cancer in humans, thereby avoiding issues such as: species-to-species inference, extrapolation to exposures relevant to people, effects of concomitant exposures due to lifestyles. Thus, epidemiologic studies typically evaluate agents under more relevant conditions. When human data of high quality and adequate statistical power are available, they are generally preferable over animal data and should be given greater weight in hazard characterization and doseresponse assessment, although both can be used. Null results from epidemiologic studies alone generally do not prove the absence of carcinogenic effects because such results can arise either from an agent being truly not carcinogenic or from other factors such as: inadequate statistical power, inadequate study design, imprecise estimates, or confounding factors. Moreover, null results from a well-designed and wellconducted epidemiologic study that contains usable exposure data can help to define upper limits for the estimated dose of concern for human exposure in cases where the overall weight of the evidence indicates that the agent is potentially carcinogenic in humans. Furthermore, data from a well designed and well conducted epidemiologic study that does not show positive results, in conjunction with compelling mechanistic information, can lend support to a conclusion that animal responses may not be predictive of a human cancer hazard. Epidemiology can also complement experimental evidence in corroborating or clarifying the carcinogenic potential of the agent in question. For example, epidemiologic studies that show elevated cancer risk for tumor sites corresponding to those at which laboratory animals experience increased tumor incidence can strengthen the weight of evidence of human carcinogenicity. Furthermore, biochemical or molecular epidemiology may help improve understanding of the mechanisms of human carcinogenesis. E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17778 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices 2.2.1.1. Assessment of Evidence of Carcinogenicity From Human Data All studies that are considered to be of acceptable quality, whether yielding positive or null results, or even suggesting protective carcinogenic effects, should be considered in assessing the totality of the human evidence. Conclusions about the overall evidence for carcinogenicity from available studies in humans should be summarized along with a discussion of uncertainties and gaps in knowledge. Conclusions regarding the strength of the evidence for positive or negative associations observed, as well as evidence supporting judgments of causality, should be clearly described. In assessing the human data within the overall weight of evidence, determination about the strength of the epidemiologic evidence should clearly identify the degree to which the observed associations may be explained by other factors, including bias or confounding. Characteristics that are generally desirable in epidemiologic studies include (1) Clear articulation of study objectives or hypothesis; (2) proper selection and characterization of comparison groups (exposed and unexposed groups or case and control groups); (3) adequate characterization of exposure; (4) sufficient length of followup for disease occurrence; (5) valid ascertainment of the causes of cancer morbidity and mortality; (6) proper consideration of bias and confounding factors; (7) adequate sample size to detect an effect; (8) clear, welldocumented, and appropriate methodology for data collection and analysis; (9) adequate response rate and methodology for handling missing data; and (10) complete and clear documentation of results. No single criterion determines the overall adequacy of a study. Practical and resource constraints may limit the ability to address all of these characteristics in a study. The risk assessor is encouraged to consider how the limitations of the available studies might influence the conclusions. While positive biases may be due, for example, to a healthy worker effect, it is also important to consider negative biases, for example, workers who may leave the workforce due to illness caused either by high exposures to the agent or to effects of confounders such as smoking. The following discussions highlight the major factors included in an analysis of epidemiologic studies. VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 2.2.1.2. Types of Studies The major types of cancer epidemiologic study designs used for examining environmental causes of cancer are analytical studies and descriptive studies. Each study type has well-known strengths and weaknesses that affect interpretation of results, as summarized below (Lilienfeld and Lilienfeld, 1979; Mausner and Kramer, 1985; Kelsey et al., 1996; Rothman and Greenland, 1998). Analytical epidemiologic studies, which include case-control and cohort designs, are generally relied on for identifying a causal association between human exposure and adverse health effects. In case-control studies, groups of individuals with (cases) and without (controls) a particular disease are identified and compared to determine differences in exposure. In cohort studies, a group of ‘‘exposed’’ and ‘‘nonexposed’’ individuals are identified and studied over time to determine differences in disease occurrence. Cohort studies can be performed either prospectively or retrospectively from historical records. The type of study chosen may depend on the hypothesis to be evaluated. For example, casecontrol studies may be more appropriate for rare cancers while cohort studies may be more appropriate for more commonly occurring cancers. On the other hand, descriptive epidemiologic studies examine symptom or disease rates among populations in relation to personal characteristics such as age, gender, race, and temporal or environmental conditions. Descriptive studies are most frequently used to generate hypotheses about exposure factors, but subsequent analytical designs are necessary to infer causality. For example, cross-sectional designs might be used to compare the prevalence of cancer between areas near and far from a Superfund site. However, in studies where exposure and disease information applies only to the current conditions, it is not possible to infer that the exposure actually caused the disease. Therefore, these studies are used to identify patterns or trends in disease occurrence over time or in different geographical locations, but typical limitations in the characterization of populations in these studies make it difficult to infer the causal agent or degree of exposure. Case reports describe a particular effect in an individual or group of individuals who were exposed to a substance. These reports are often anecdotal or highly selective in nature and generally are of limited use for hazard assessment. Specifically, cancer PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 causality can rarely be inferred from case reports alone. Investigative followup may or may not accompany such reports. For cancer, the most common types of case series are associated with occupational and childhood exposures. Case reports can be particularly valuable for identifying unique features, such as an association with an uncommon tumor (e.g., inhalation of vinyl chloride and hepatic angiosarcoma in workers or ingestion of diethylstilbestrol by mothers and clear-cell carcinoma of the vagina in offspring). 2.2.1.3. Exposure Issues For epidemiologic data to be useful in determining whether there is an association between health effects and exposure to an agent, there should be adequate characterization of exposure information. In general, greater weight should be given to studies with more precise and specific exposure estimates. Questions to address about exposure are: What can one reliably conclude about the exposure parameters including (but not limited to) the level, duration, route, and frequency of exposure of individuals in one population as compared with another? How sensitive are study results to uncertainties in these parameters? Actual exposure measurements are not available for many retrospective studies. Therefore, surrogates are often used to reconstruct exposure parameters. These may involve attributing exposures to job classifications in a workplace or to broader occupational or geographic groupings. Use of surrogates carries a potential for misclassification, i.e., individuals may be placed in an incorrect exposure group. Misclassification generally leads to reduced ability of a study to detect differences between study and referent populations. When either current or historical monitoring data are available, the exposure evaluation includes consideration of the error bounds of the monitoring and analytic methods and whether the data are from routine or accidental exposures. The potential for misclassification and for measurement errors is amenable to both qualitative and quantitative analysis. These are essential analyses for judging a study’s results, because exposure estimation is the most critical part of a retrospective study. 2.2.1.4. Biological Markers Biological markers potentially offer excellent measures of exposure (Hulka and Margolin, 1992; Peto and Darby, 1994). In some cases, molecular or E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices cellular effects (e.g., DNA or protein adducts, mutation, chromosomal aberrations, levels of thyroidstimulating hormone) can be measured in blood, body fluids, cells, and tissues to serve as biomarkers of exposure in humans and animals (Callemen et al., 1978; Birner et al., 1990). As such, they can act as an internal surrogate measure of chemical dose, representing, as appropriate, either recent exposure (e.g., serum concentration) or accumulated exposure over some period (e.g., hemoglobin adducts). Validated markers of exposure such as alkylated hemoglobin from exposure to ethylene oxide (Van Sittert et al., 1985) or urinary arsenic (Enterline et al., 1987) can improve estimates of dose over the relevant time periods for the markers. Markers closely identified with effects promise to greatly increase the ability of studies to distinguish real effects from bias at low levels of relative risk between populations (Taylor et al., 1994; Biggs et al., 1993) and to resolve problems of confounding risk factors. However, when using molecular or cellular effects as biomarkers of exposure, since many of these changes are often not specific to just one type of exposure, it is important to be aware that changes may be due to exposures unrelated to the exposure of interest and attention must be paid to controlling for potential confounders. Biochemical or molecular epidemiologic studies may use biological markers of effect as indicators of disease or its precursors. The application of techniques for measuring cellular and molecular alterations due to exposure to specific environmental agents may allow conclusions to be drawn about the mechanisms of carcinogenesis (see section 2.4 for more information on this topic). 2.2.1.5. Confounding Factors Control for potential confounding factors is an important consideration in the evaluation of the design and in the analysis of observational epidemiologic studies. A confounder is a variable that is related to both the health outcome of concern (cancer) and exposure. Common examples include age, socioeconomic status, smoking habits, and diet. For instance, if older people are more likely to be exposed to a given contaminant as well as more likely to have cancer because of their age, age is considered a confounder. Adjustment for potentially confounding factors (from a statistical as contrasted with an epidemiologic point of view) can occur either in the design of the study (e.g., individual or group matching on critical factors) or in the statistical analysis of VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 the results (stratification or direct or indirect adjustment). Direct adjustment in the statistical analysis may not be possible owing to the presentation of the data or because needed information was not collected during the study. In this case, indirect comparisons may be possible. For example, in the absence of data on smoking status among individuals in the study population, an examination of the possible contribution of cigarette smoking to increased lung cancer risk may be based on information from other sources, such as the American Cancer Society’s longitudinal studies (Hammand, 1966; Garfinkel and Silverberg, 1991). The effectiveness of adjustments contributes to the ability to draw inferences from a study. Different studies involving exposure to an agent may have different confounding factors. If consistent increases in cancer risk are observed across a collection of studies with different confounding factors, the inference that the agent under investigation was the etiologic factor is strengthened. There may also be instances where the agent of interest is a risk factor in conjunction with another agent. For instance, interaction as well as effectmeasure modification are sometimes construed to be confounding, but they are different than confounding. Interaction is described as a situation in which two or more risk factors modify the effect of each other with regard to the occurrence of a given effect. This phenomenon is sometimes described as effect-measure modification or heterogeneity of effect (Szklo and Nieto, 2000). Effect-measure modification refers to variation in the magnitude of measure exposure effect across levels of another variable (Rothman and Greenland, 1998). The variable across which the effect measure varies and is called an effect modifier (e.g., hepatitis virus B and aflatoxin in hepatic cancer). Interaction, on the other hand, means effect of the exposure on the outcome differs, depending on the presence of another variable (the effect modifier). When the effect of the exposure of interest is accentuated by another variable, it is said to be synergistic interaction. Synergistic interaction can be additive (e.g., hepatitis virus B and aflatoxin in hepatic cancer) or multiplicative (e.g., asbestos and smoking in lung cancer). If the effect of exposure is diminished or eliminated by another variable, it said to be antagonistic interaction (e.g., intake of vitamin E and lower occurrence of lung cancer). PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17779 2.2.1.6. Statistical Considerations The analysis should apply appropriate statistical methods to ascertain whether the observed association between exposure and effects would be expected by chance. A description of the method or methods used should include the reasons for their selection. Statistical analyses of the bias, confounding, and interaction are part of addressing the significance of an association and the power of a study to detect an effect. The analysis augments examination of the results for the whole population with exploration of the results for groups with comparatively greater exposure or time since first exposure. This may support identifying an association or establishing a doseresponse trend. When studies show no association, such exploration may apply to determining an upper limit on potential human risk for consideration alongside results of animal tumor effects studies. 2.2.1.6.1. Likelihood of Observing an Effect The power of a study—the likelihood of observing an effect if one exists— increases with sample size, i.e., the number of subjects studied from a population. (For example, a quadrupling of a background rate in the 1 per 10,000 range would require more subjects who have experienced greater or longer exposure or lengthier follow-up, than a doubling of a background rate in the 1 per 100 range.) If the size of the effect is expected to be very small at low doses, higher doses or longer durations of exposure may be needed to have an appreciable likelihood of observing an effect with a given sample size. Because of the often long latency period in cancer development, the likelihood of observing an effect also depends on whether adequate time has elapsed since exposure began for effects to occur. Since the design of the study and the choice of analysis, as well as the design level of certainty in the results and the magnitude of response in an unexposed population also affect the likelihood of observing an effect, it is important to carefully interpret the absence of an observed effect. A unique feature that can be ascribed to the effects of a particular agent (such as a tumor type that is seen only rarely in the absence of the agent) can increase sensitivity by permitting separation of bias and confounding factors from real effects. Similarly, a biomarker particular to the agent can permit these distinctions. Statistical re-analyses of data, particularly an examination of E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17780 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices different exposure indices, can give insight into potential exposure-response relationships. These are all factors to explore in statistical analysis of the data. 2.2.1.6.2. Sampling and Other Bias Issues When comparing cases and controls or exposed and non-exposed populations, it would be preferable for the two populations to differ only in exposure to the agent in question. Because this is seldom the case, it is important to identify sources of sampling and other potential biases inherent in a study design or data collection methods. Bias is a systematic error. In epidemiologic studies, bias can occur in the selection of cases and controls or exposed and non-exposed populations, as well as the follow up of the groups, or the classification of disease or exposure. The size of the risks observed can be affected by noncomparability between populations of factors such as general health, diet, lifestyle, or geographic location; differences in the way case and control individuals recall past events; differences in data collection that result in unequal ascertainment of health effects in the populations; and unequal follow-up of individuals (Rothman and Greenland, 1998). Other factors worth consideration can be inherent in the available cohorts, e.g., use of occupational studies (the healthy worker effect), absence of one sex, or limitations in sample size for one or more ethnicities. The mere presence of biases does not invalidate a study, but should be reflected in the judgment of its strengths or weaknesses. Acceptance of studies for assessment depends on identifying their sources of bias and the possible effects on study results. 2.2.1.6.3. Combining Statistical Evidence Across Studies Meta-analysis is a means of integrating the results of multiple studies of similar health effects and risk factors. This technique is particularly useful when various studies yield varying degrees of risk or even conflicting associations (negative and positive). It is intended to introduce consistency and comprehensiveness into what otherwise might be a more subjective review of the literature. The value of such an analysis is dependent upon a systematic review of the literature that uses transparent criteria of inclusion and exclusion. In interpreting such analyses, it is important to consider the effects of differences in study quality, as well as VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 the effect of publication bias. Metaanalysis may not be advantageous in some circumstances. These include when the relationship between exposure and disease is obvious from the individual studies; when there are only a few studies of the key health outcomes; when there is insufficient information from available studies related to disease, risk estimate, or exposure classification to insure comparability; or when there are substantial confounding or other biases that cannot be adjusted for in the analysis (Blair et al., 1995; Greenland, 1987; Peto, 1992). 2.2.1.7. Evidence for Causality Determining whether an observed association (risk) is causal rather than spurious involves consideration of a number of factors. Sir Bradford Hill (Hill, 1965) developed a set of guidelines for evaluating epidemiologic associations that can be used in conjunction with the discussion of causality such as the 2004 Surgeon General’s report on smoking (CDC, 2004) and in other documents (e.g., Rothman and Greenland 1998; IPCS, 1999). The critical assessment of epidemiologic evidence is conceptually based upon consideration of salient aspects of the evidence of associations so as to reach fundamental judgments as to the likely causal significance of the observed associations. In so doing, it is appropriate to draw from those aspects initially presented in Hill’s classic monograph (Hill, 1965) and widely used by the scientific community in conducting such evidence-based reviews. A number of these aspects are judged to be particularly salient in evaluating the body of evidence available in this review, including the aspects described by Hill as strength, experiment, consistency, plausibility, and coherence. Other aspects identified by Hill, including temporality and biological gradient, are also relevant and considered here (e.g., in characterizing lag structures and concentrationresponse relationships), but are more directly addressed in the design and analyses of the individual epidemiologic studies included in this assessment. As discussed below, these salient aspects are interrelated and considered throughout the evaluation of the epidemiologic evidence generally reflected in the integrative synthesis of the mode of action framework. The general evaluation of the strength of the epidemiological evidence reflects consideration not only of the magnitude of reported effects estimates and their statistical significance, but also of the precision of the effects estimates and the PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 robustness of the effects associations. Consideration of the robustness of the associations takes into account a number of factors, including in particular the impact of alternative models and model specifications and potential confounding factors, as well issues related to the consequences of measurement error. Consideration of the consistency of the effects associations involves looking across the results of studies conducted by different investigators in different places and times. Particular weight may be given, consistent with Hill’s views, to the presence of ‘‘similar results reached in quite different ways, e.g., prospectively and retrospectively’’ (Hill, 1965). Looking beyond the epidemiological evidence, evaluation of the biological plausibility of the associations observed in epidemiologic studies reflects consideration of both exposure-related factors and toxicological evidence relevant to identification of potential modes of action (MOAs). Similarly, consideration of the coherence of health effects associations reported in the epidemiologic literature reflects broad consideration of information pertaining to the nature of the biological markers evaluated in toxicologic and epidemiologic studies. In identifying these aspects as being particularly salient in this assessment, it is also important to recognize that no one aspect is either necessary or sufficient for drawing inferences of causality. As Hill (1965) emphasized: None of my nine viewpoints can bring indisputable evidence for or against the cause-and-effect hypothesis and none can be required as a sine qua non. What they can do, with greater or less strength, is to help us to make up our minds on the fundamental question—is there any other way of explaining the set of facts before us, is there any other answer equally, or more, likely than cause and effect? While these aspects frame considerations weighed in assessing the epidemiologic evidence, they do not lend themselves to being considered in terms of simple formulas or hard-andfast rules of evidence leading to answers about causality (Hill, 1965). One, for example, cannot simply count up the numbers of studies reporting statistically significant results or statistically non-significant results for carcinogenesis and related MOAs and reach credible conclusions about the relative strength of the evidence and the likelihood of causality. Rather, these important considerations are taken into account throughout the assessment with a goal of producing an objective appraisal of the evidence (informed by peer and public comment and advice), E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices which includes the weighing of alternative views on controversial issues. Thus, although these guidelines have become known as ‘‘causal criteria,’’ it is important to note that they cannot be used as a strictly quantitative checklist. Rather, these ‘‘criteria’’ should be used to determine the strength of the evidence for concluding causality. In particular, the absence of one or more of the ‘‘criteria’’ does not automatically exclude a study from consideration (e.g., see discussion in CDC, 2004). The list below has been adapted from Hill’s guidelines as an aid in judging causality. (a) Consistency of the observed association. An inference of causality is strengthened when a pattern of elevated risks is observed across several independent studies. The reproducibility of findings constitutes one of the strongest arguments for causality. If there are discordant results among investigations, possible reasons such as differences in exposure, confounding factors, and the power of the study are considered. (b) Strength of the observed association. The finding of large, precise risks increases confidence that the association is not likely due to chance, bias, or other factors. A modest risk, however, does not preclude a causal association and may reflect a lower level of exposure, an agent of lower potency, or a common disease with a high background level. (c) Specificity of the observed association. As originally intended, this refers to increased inference of causality if one cause is associated with a single effect or disease (Hill, 1965). Based on our current understanding that many agents cause cancer at multiple sites, and many cancers have multiple causes, this is now considered one of the weaker guidelines for causality. Thus, although the presence of specificity may support causality, its absence does not exclude it. (d) Temporal relationship of the observed association. A causal interpretation is strengthened when exposure is known to precede development of the disease. Because a latent period of up to 20 years or longer is often associated with cancer development in adults, the study should consider whether exposures occurred sufficiently long ago to produce an effect at the time the cancer is assessed. This is among the strongest criteria for an inference of causality. (e) Biological gradient (exposureresponse relationship). A clear exposure-response relationship (e.g., increasing effects associated with greater exposure) strongly suggests VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 cause and effect, especially when such relationships are also observed for duration of exposure (e.g., increasing effects observed following longer exposure times). There are many possible reasons that an epidemiologic study may fail to detect an exposureresponse relationship. For example, an analysis that included decreasing exposures due to improved technology that is combined with higher prior exposure in an initial analysis can require a segmented analysis to apportion exposure. Other reasons for failure to detect a relationship may include a small range of exposures. Thus, the absence of an exposureresponse relationship does not exclude a causal relationship. (f) Biological plausibility. An inference of causality tends to be strengthened by consistency with data from experimental studies or other sources demonstrating plausible biological mechanisms. A lack of mechanistic data, however, is not a reason to reject causality. (g) Coherence. An inference of causality may be strengthened by other lines of evidence that support a causeand-effect interpretation of the association. Information is considered from animal bioassays, toxicokinetic studies, and short-term studies. The absence of other lines of evidence, however, is not a reason to reject causality. (h) Experimental evidence (from human populations). Experimental evidence is seldom available from human populations and exists only when conditions of human exposure have occurred to create a ‘‘natural experiment’’ at different levels of exposure. Strong evidence for causality can be provided when a change in exposure brings about a change in disease frequency, for example, the decrease in the risk of lung cancer that follows cessation of smoking. (i) Analogy. SARs and information on the agent’s structural analogues can provide insight into whether an association is causal. Similarly, information on mode of action for a chemical, as one of many structural analogues, can inform decisions regarding likely causality. 2.2.2. Animal Data Various whole-animal test systems are currently used or are under development for evaluating potential carcinogenicity. Cancer studies involving chronic exposure for most of the lifespan of an animal are generally accepted for evaluation of tumor effects (Tomatis et al., 1989; Rall, 1991; Allen et al., 1988; but see Ames and Gold, PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17781 1990). Other studies of special design are useful for observing formation of preneoplastic lesions or tumors or investigating specific modes of action. Their applicability is determined on a case-by-case basis. 2.2.2.1. Long-Term Carcinogenicity Studies The objective of long-term carcinogenesis bioassays is to determine the potential carcinogenic hazard and dose-response relationships of the test agent. Carcinogenicity rodent studies are designed to examine the production of tumors as well as preneoplastic lesions and other indications of chronic toxicity that may provide evidence of treatment-related effects and insights into the way the test agent produces tumors. Current standardized carcinogenicity studies in rodents test at least 50 animals per sex per dose group in each of three treatment groups and in a concurrent control group, usually for 18 to 24 months, depending on the rodent species tested (OECD, 1981; U.S. EPA, 1998c). The high dose in long-term studies is generally selected to provide the maximum ability to detect treatment-related carcinogenic effects while not compromising the outcome of the study through excessive toxicity or inducing inappropriate toxicokinetics (e.g., overwhelming absorption or detoxification mechanisms). The purpose of two or more lower doses is to provide some information on the shape of the dose-response curve. Similar protocols have been and continue to be used by many laboratories worldwide. All available studies of tumor effects in whole animals should be considered, at least preliminarily. The analysis should discard studies judged to be wholly inadequate in protocol, conduct, or results. Criteria for the technical adequacy of animal carcinogenicity studies have been published and should be used as guidance to judge the acceptability of individual studies (e.g., NTP, 1984; OSTP, 1985; Chhabra et al., 1990). As these criteria, in whole or in part, may be updated by the National Toxicology Program (NTP) and others, the analyst should consult the appropriate sources to determine both the current standards as well as those that were contemporaneous with the study. Care should be taken to include studies that provide some evidence bearing on carcinogenicity or that help interpret effects noted in other studies, even if these studies have some limitations of protocol or conduct. Such limited, but not wholly inadequate, studies can contribute as their deficiencies permit. The findings of E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17782 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices long-term rodent bioassays should be interpreted in conjunction with results of prechronic studies along with toxicokinetic studies and other pertinent information, if available. Evaluation of tumor effects takes into consideration both biological and statistical significance of the findings (Haseman, 1984, 1985, 1990, 1995). The following sections highlight the major issues in the evaluation of long-term carcinogenicity studies. 2.2.2.1.1. Dosing Issues Among the many criteria for technical adequacy of animal carcinogenicity studies is the appropriateness of dose selection. The selection of doses for chronic bioassays is based on scientific judgments and sound toxicologic principles. Dose selection should be made on the basis of relevant toxicologic information from prechronic, mechanistic, and toxicokinetic and mechanistic studies. A scientific rationale for dose selection should be clearly articulated (e.g., NTP, 1984; ILSI, 1997). How well the dose selection is made is evaluated after the completion of the bioassay. Interpretation of carcinogenicity study results is profoundly affected by study exposure conditions, especially by inappropriate dose selection. This is particularly important in studies that do not show positive results for carcinogenicity, because failure to use a sufficiently high dose reduces the sensitivity of the studies. A lack of tumorigenic responses at exposure levels that cause significant impairment of animal survival may also not be acceptable. In addition, overt toxicity or qualitatively altered toxicokinetics due to excessively high doses may result in tumor effects that are secondary to the toxicity rather than directly attributable to the agent. With regard to the appropriateness of the high dose, an adequate high dose would generally be one that produces some toxic effects without unduly affecting mortality from effects other than cancer or producing significant adverse effects on the nutrition and health of the test animals (OECD, 1981; NRC, 1993a). If the test agent does not appear to cause any specific target organ toxicity or perturbation of physiological function, an adequate high dose can be specified in terms of a percentage reduction of body weight gain over the lifespan of the animals. The high dose would generally be considered inadequate if neither toxicity nor change in weight gain is observed. On the other hand, significant increases in mortality from effects other than cancer generally VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 indicate that an adequate high dose has been exceeded. Other signs of treatment-related toxicity associated with an excessive high dose may include (a) Significant reduction of body weight gain (e.g., greater than 10%), (b) significant increases in abnormal behavioral and clinical signs, (c) significant changes in hematology or clinical chemistry, (d) saturation of absorption and detoxification mechanisms, or (e) marked changes in organ weight, morphology, and histopathology. It should be noted that practical upper limits have been established to avoid the use of excessively high doses in long-term carcinogenicity studies of environmental chemicals (e.g., 5% of the test substance in the feed for dietary studies or 1 g/kg body weight for oral gavage studies [OECD, 1981]). For dietary studies, weight gain reductions should be evaluated as to whether there is a palatability problem or an issue with food efficiency; certainly, the latter is a toxic manifestation. In the case of inhalation studies with respirable particles, evidence of impairment of normal clearance of particles from the lung should be considered along with other signs of toxicity to the respiratory airways to determine whether the high exposure concentration has been appropriately selected (U.S. EPA, 2001a). For dermal studies, evidence of skin irritation may indicate that an adequate high dose has been reached (U.S. EPA, 1989). In order to obtain the most relevant information from a long-term carcinogenicity study, it is important to maximize exposure conditions to the test material. At the same time, caution is appropriate in using excessive highdose levels that would confound the interpretation of study results to humans. The middle and lowest doses should be selected to characterize the shape of the dose-response curve as much as possible. It is important that the doses be adequately spaced so that the study can provide relevant doseresponse data for assessing human hazard and risk. If the testing of potential carcinogenicity is being combined with an evaluation of noncancer chronic toxicity, the study should be designed to include one dose in addition to the control(s) that is not expected to elicit adverse effects. There are several possible outcomes regarding the study interpretation of the significance and relevance of tumorigenic effects associated with exposure or dose levels below, at, or above an adequate high dose. The general guidance is given here; for each PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 case, the information at hand should be evaluated and a rationale should be given for the position taken. • Adequately high dose. If an adequately high dose has been used, tumor effects are judged positive or negative depending on the presence or absence of significant tumor incidence increases, respectively. • Excessively high dose. If toxicity or mortality is excessive at the high dose, interpretation depends on whether or not tumors are found. —Studies that show tumor effects only at excessive doses may be compromised and may or may not carry weight, depending on the interpretation in the context of other study results and other lines of evidence. Results of such studies, however, are generally not considered suitable for dose-response extrapolation if it is determined that the mode(s) of action underlying the tumorigenic responses at high doses is not operative at lower doses. —Studies that show tumors at lower doses, even though the high dose is excessive and may be discounted, should be evaluated on their own merits. —If a study does not show an increase in tumor incidence at a toxic high dose and appropriately spaced lower doses are used without such toxicity or tumors, the study is generally judged as negative for carcinogenicity. • Inadequately high dose. Studies of inadequate sensitivity where an adequately high dose has not been reached may be used to bound the dose range where carcinogenic effects might be expected. 2.2.2.1.2. Statistical Considerations The main aim of statistical evaluation is to determine whether exposure to the test agent is associated with an increase of tumor development. Statistical analysis of a long-term study should be performed for each tumor type separately. The incidence of benign and malignant lesions of the same cell type, usually within a single tissue or organ, are considered separately but may be combined when scientifically defensible (McConnell et al., 1986). Trend tests and pairwise comparison tests are the recommended tests for determining whether chance, rather than a treatment-related effect, is a plausible explanation for an apparent increase in tumor incidence. A trend test such as the Cochran-Armitage test (Snedecor and Cochran, 1967) asks whether the results in all dose groups together increase as dose increases. A pairwise comparison test such as the E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices Fisher exact test (Fisher, 1950) asks whether an incidence in one dose group is increased over that of the control group. By convention, for both tests a statistically significant comparison is one for which p is less than 0.05 that the increased incidence is due to chance. Significance in either kind of test is sufficient to reject the hypothesis that chance accounts for the result. A statistically significant response may or may not be biologically significant and vice versa. The selection of a significance level is a policy choice based on a trade-off between the risks of false positives and false negatives. A result with a significance level of greater or less than 5% (the most common significance level) is examined to see if the result confirms other scientific information. When the assessment departs from a simple 5% level, this should be highlighted in the risk characterization. A two-tailed test or a one-tailed test can be used. In either case a rationale is provided. Statistical power can affect the likelihood that a statistically significant result could reasonably be expected. This is especially important in studies or dose groups with small sample sizes or low dose rates. Reporting the statistical power can be useful for comparing and reconciling positive and negative results from different studies. Considerations of multiple comparisons should also be taken into account. Haseman (1983) analyzed typical animal bioassays that tested both sexes of two species and concluded that, because of multiple comparisons, a single tumor increase for a species-sexsite combination that is statistically significant at the 1% level for common tumors or 5% for rare tumors corresponds to a 7–8% significance level for the study as a whole. Therefore, animal bioassays presenting only one significant result that falls short of the 1% level for a common tumor should be treated with caution. 2.2.2.1.3. Concurrent and Historical Controls The standard for determining statistical significance of tumor incidence comes from a comparison of tumors in dosed animals with those in concurrent control animals. Additional insights about both statistical and biological significance can come from an examination of historical control data (Tarone, 1982; Haseman, 1995). Historical control data can add to the analysis, particularly by enabling identification of uncommon tumor types or high spontaneous incidence of a tumor in a given animal strain. Identification of common or uncommon VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 situations prompts further thought about the meaning of the response in the current study in context with other observations in animal studies and with other evidence about the carcinogenic potential of the agent. These other sources of information may reinforce or weaken the significance given to the response in the hazard assessment. Caution should be exercised in simply looking at the ranges of historical responses, because the range ignores differences in survival of animals among studies and is related to the number of studies in the database. In analyzing results for uncommon tumors in a treated group that are not statistically significant in comparison with concurrent controls, the analyst may be informed by the experience of historical controls to conclude that the result is in fact unlikely to be due to chance. However, caution should be used in interpreting results. In analyzing results for common tumors, a different set of considerations comes into play. Generally speaking, statistically significant increases in tumors should not be discounted simply because incidence rates in the treated groups are within the range of historical controls or because incidence rates in the concurrent controls are somewhat lower than average. Random assignment of animals to groups and proper statistical procedures provide assurance that statistically significant results are unlikely to be due to chance alone. However, caution should be used in interpreting results that are barely statistically significant or in which incidence rates in concurrent controls are unusually low in comparison with historical controls. In cases where there may be reason to discount the biological relevance to humans of increases in common animal tumors, such considerations should be weighed on their own merits and clearly distinguished from statistical concerns. When historical control data are used, the discussion should address several issues that affect comparability of historical and concurrent control data, such as genetic drift in the laboratory strains, differences in pathology examination at different times and in different laboratories (e.g., in criteria for evaluating lesions; variations in the techniques for the preparation or reading of tissue samples among laboratories), and comparability of animals from different suppliers. The most relevant historical data come from the same laboratory and the same supplier and are gathered within 2 or 3 years one way or the other of the study under review; other data should be used only with extreme caution. PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17783 2.2.2.1.4. Assessment of Evidence of Carcinogenicity From Long-term Animal Studies In general, observation of tumors under different circumstances lends support to the significance of the findings for animal carcinogenicity. Significance is generally increased by the observation of more of the factors listed below. For a factor such as malignancy, the severity of the observed pathology can also affect the significance. The following observations add significance to the tumor findings: • Uncommon tumor types; • Tumors at multiple sites; • Tumors by more than one route of administration; • Tumors in multiple species, strains, or both sexes; • Progression of lesions from preneoplastic to benign to malignant; • Reduced latency of neoplastic lesions; • Metastases; • Unusual magnitude of tumor response; • Proportion of malignant tumors; and • Dose-related increases. In these cancer guidelines, tumors observed in animals are generally assumed to indicate that an agent may produce tumors in humans. Mode of action may help inform this assumption on a chemical-specific basis. Moreover, the absence of tumors in wellconducted, long-term animal studies in at least two species provides reasonable assurance that an agent may not be a carcinogenic concern for humans. 2.2.2.1.5. Site Concordance Site concordance of tumor effects between animals and humans should be considered in each case. Thus far, there is evidence that growth control mechanisms at the level of the cell are homologous among mammals, but there is no evidence that these mechanisms are site concordant. Moreover, agents observed to produce tumors in both humans and animals have produced tumors either at the same site (e.g., vinyl chloride) or different sites (e.g., benzene)(NRC, 1994). Hence, site concordance is not always assumed between animals and humans. On the other hand, certain modes of action with consequences for particular tissue sites (e.g., disruption of thyroid function) may lead to an anticipation of site concordance. 2.2.2.2. Perinatal Carcinogenicity Studies The objective of perinatal carcinogenesis studies is to determine E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17784 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices the carcinogenic potential and doseresponse relationships of the test agent in the developing organism. Some investigators have hypothesized that the age of initial exposure to a chemical carcinogen may influence the carcinogenic response (Vesselinovitch et al., 1979; Rice, 1979; McConnell, 1992). Current standardized long-term carcinogenesis bioassays generally begin dosing animals at 6–8 weeks of age and continue dosing for the lifespan of the animal (18–24 months). This protocol has been modified in some cases to investigate the potential of the test agent to induce transplacental carcinogenesis or to investigate the potential differences following perinatal and adult exposures, but currently there is not a standardized protocol for testing agents for carcinogenic effects following prenatal or early postnatal exposure. Several cancer bioassay studies have compared adult and perinatal exposures (see McConnell, 1992; U.S. EPA, 1996b). A review of these studies reveals that perinatal exposure rarely identifies carcinogens that are not found in standard animal bioassays. Exposure that is perinatal can increase the incidence of a given type of tumor. The increase may reflect an increased length of exposure and a higher dose for the developing organism relative to the adult or an increase in susceptibility in some cases. Additionally, exposure that is perinatal through adulthood sometimes reduces the latency period for tumors to develop in the growing organism (U.S. EPA, 1996b). EPA evaluates the usefulness of perinatal studies on an agent-by-agent basis (e.g., U.S. EPA, 1997a, b). Perinatal study data analysis generally follows the principles discussed above for evaluating other long-term carcinogenicity studies. When differences in responses between perinatal animals and adult animals suggest an increased susceptibility of perinatal or postnatal animals, such as the ones below, a separate evaluation of the response should be prepared: • A difference in dose-response relationship, • The presence of different tumor types, • An earlier onset of tumors, or • An increase in the incidence of tumors. 2.2.2.3. Other Studies Intermediate-term and acute dosing studies often use protocols that screen for carcinogenic or preneoplastic effects, sometimes in a single tissue. Some protocols involve the development of various proliferative lesions, such as foci of alteration in the liver VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 (Goldsworthy et al., 1986). Others use tumor endpoints, such as the induction of lung adenomas in the sensitive strain A mouse (Maronpot et al., 1986) or tumor induction in initiation-promotion studies using various organs such as the bladder, intestine, liver, lung, mammary gland, and thyroid (Ito et al., 1992). In these tests, the selected tissue rather than the whole animal is, in a sense, the test system. Important information concerning the steps in the carcinogenic process and mode of action can be obtained from ‘‘start/stop’’ experiments. In these protocols, an agent is given for a period of time to induce particular lesions or effects and then stopped in order to evaluate the progression or reversibility of processes (Todd, 1986; Marsman and Popp, 1994). Assays in genetically engineered rodents may provide insight into the chemical and gene interactions involved in carcinogenesis (Tennant et al., 1995). These mechanistically based approaches involve activated oncogenes that are introduced (transgenic) or tumor suppressor genes that are deleted (knocked out). If appropriate genes are selected, not only may these systems provide information on mechanisms, but the rodents typically show tumor development earlier than in the standard bioassay. Transgenic mutagenesis assays also represent a mechanistic approach for assessing the mutagenic properties of agents as well as developing quantitative linkages between exposure, internal dose, and mutation related to tumor induction (Morrison and Ashby, 1994; Sisk et al., 1994; Hayward et al., 1995). The support that these studies give to a determination of carcinogenicity rests on their contribution to the consistency of other evidence about an agent. For instance, benzoyl peroxide has promoter activity on the skin, but the overall evidence may be less supportive (Kraus et al., 1995). These studies also may contribute information about mode of action. It is important to recognize the limitations of these experimental protocols, such as short duration, limited histology, lack of complete development of tumors, or experimental manipulation of the carcinogenic process, that may limit their contribution to the overall assessment. Generally, their results are appropriate as aids in the interpretation of other toxicological evidence (e.g., rodent chronic bioassays), especially regarding potential modes of action. On the basis of currently available information, it is unlikely that any of these assays, which are conducted for 6 months with 15 animals per group, will replace all chronic bioassays for hazard PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 identification (Spalding et al., 2000; Gulezian et al., 2000; ILSI, 2001). 2.2.3. Structural Analogue Data For some chemical classes, there is significant available information, largely from rodent bioassays, on the carcinogenicity of analogues. Analogue effects are instructive in investigating carcinogenic potential of an agent as well as in identifying potential target organs, exposures associated with effects, and potential functional class effects or modes of action. All appropriate studies should be included and analyzed, whether indicative of a positive effect or not. Evaluation includes tests in various animal species, strains, and sexes; with different routes of administration; and at various doses, as data are available. Confidence in conclusions is a function of how similar the analogues are to the agent under review in structure, metabolism, and biological activity. It is important to consider this confidence to ensure a balanced position. 2.3. Analysis of Other Key Data The physical, chemical, and structural properties of an agent, as well as data on endpoints that are thought to be critical elements of the carcinogenic process, provide valuable insights into the likelihood of human cancer risk. The following sections provide guidance for analyses of these data. 2.3.1. Physicochemical Properties Physicochemical properties affect an agent’s absorption, tissue distribution (bioavailability), biotransformation, and degradation in the body and are important determinants of hazard potential (and dose-response analysis). Properties that should be analyzed include, but are not limited to, molecular weight, size, and shape; valence state; physical state (gas, liquid, solid); water or lipid solubility, which can influence retention and tissue distribution; and potential for chemical degradation or stabilization in the body. An agent’s potential for chemical reaction with cellular components, particularly with DNA and proteins, is also important. The agent’s molecular size and shape, electrophilicity, and charge distribution are considered in order to decide whether they would facilitate such reactions. 2.3.2. Structure-Activity Relationships (SARs) SAR analyses and models can be used to predict molecular properties, surrogate biological endpoints, and carcinogenicity (see, e.g., Richard, 1998a, b; Richard and Williams, 2002; E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices Contrera et al., 2003). Overall, these analyses provide valuable initial information on agents, they may strengthen or weaken concern, and they are part of the weight of evidence. Currently, SAR analysis is most useful for chemicals and metabolites that are believed to initiate carcinogenesis through covalent interaction with DNA (i.e., DNA-reactive, mutagenic, electrophilic, or proelectrophilic chemicals) (Ashby and Tennant, 1991). For organic chemicals, the predictive capability of SAR analysis combined with other toxicity information has been demonstrated (Ashby and Tennant, 1994). The following parameters are useful in comparing an agent to its structural analogues and congeners that produce tumors and affect related biological processes such as receptor binding and activation, mutagenicity, and general toxicity (Woo and Arcos, 1989): • Nature and reactivity of the electrophilic moiety or moieties present; • Potential to form electrophilic reactive intermediate(s) through chemical, photochemical, or metabolic activation; • Contribution of the carrier molecule to which the electrophilic moiety(ies) is attached; • Physicochemical properties (e.g., physical state, solubility, octanol/water partition coefficient, half-life in aqueous solution); • Structural and substructural features (e.g., electronic, stearic, molecular geometric); • Metabolic pattern (e.g., metabolic pathways and activation and detoxification ratio); and • Possible exposure route(s) of the agent. Suitable SAR analysis of non-DNAreactive chemicals and of DNA-reactive chemicals that do not appear to bind covalently to DNA should be based on knowledge or postulation of the probable mode(s) of action of closely related carcinogenic structural analogues (e.g., receptor mediated, cytotoxicity related). Examination of the physicochemical and biochemical properties of the agent may then provide the rest of the information needed in order to make an assessment of the likelihood of the agent’s activity by that mode of action. 2.3.3. Comparative Metabolism and Toxicokinetics Studies of the absorption, distribution, biotransformation, and excretion of agents permit comparisons among species to assist in determining the implications of animal responses for human hazard assessment, supporting VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 identification of active metabolites, identifying changes in distribution and metabolic pathway or pathways over a dose range, and making comparisons among different routes of exposure. If extensive data are available (e.g., blood/tissue partition coefficients and pertinent physiological parameters of the species of interest), physiologically based toxicokinetic models can be constructed to assist in a determination of tissue dosimetry, species-to-species extrapolation of dose, and route-to-route extrapolation (Conolly and Andersen, 1991; see Section 3.1.2). If sufficient data are not available, it may be assumed as a default that toxicokinetic and metabolic processes are qualitatively comparable among species. Discussion of appropriate procedures for quantitative, interspecies comparisons appears in Chapter 3. The qualitative question of whether an agent is absorbed by a particular route of exposure is important for weight of evidence classification, discussed in Section 2.5. Decisions about whether route of exposure is a limiting factor on expression of any hazard, e.g., absorption does not occur by a specified route, are generally based on studies in which effects of the agent or its structural analogues have been observed by different routes, on physical-chemical properties, or on toxicokinetics studies. Adequate metabolism and toxicokinetic data can be applied toward the following, as data permit. Confidence in conclusions is enhanced when in vivo data are available. • Identifying metabolites and reactive intermediates of metabolism and determining whether one or more of these intermediates is likely to be responsible for the observed effects. Information on the reactive intermediates focuses on SAR analysis, analysis of potential modes of action, and estimation of internal dose in doseresponse assessment (D’Souza et al., 1987; Krewski et al., 1987). • Identifying and comparing the relative activities of metabolic pathways in animals and in humans, and at different ages. This analysis can provide insights for extrapolating results of animal studies to humans. • Describing anticipated distribution within the body and possibly identifying target organs. Use of water solubility, molecular weight, and structure analysis can support qualitative inferences about anticipated distribution and excretion. In addition, describing whether the agent or metabolite of concern will be excreted rapidly or slowly or whether it will be stored in a particular tissue or tissues to be mobilized later can identify PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17785 issues in comparing species and formulating dose-response assessment approaches. • Identifying changes in toxicokinetics and metabolic pathways with increases in dose. These changes may result in important differences between high and low dose levels in disposition of the agent or generation of its active forms. These studies play an important role in providing a rationale for dose selection in carcinogenicity studies. • Identifying and comparing metabolic process differences by age, sex, or other characteristic so that susceptible subpopulations can be recognized. For example, metabolic capacity with respect to P450 enzymes in newborn children is extremely limited compared to that in adults, so that a carcinogenic metabolite formed through P450 activity will have limited effect in the young, whereas a carcinogenic agent deactivated through P450 activity will result in increased susceptibility of this lifestage (Cresteil, 1998). A variety of changes in toxicokinetics and physiology occur from the fetal stage to post-weaning to young child. Any of these changes may make a difference for risk (Renwick, 1998). • Determining bioavailability via different routes of exposure by analyzing uptake processes under various exposure conditions. This analysis supports identification of hazards for untested routes. In addition, use of physicochemical data (e.g., octanol-water partition coefficient information) can support an inference about the likelihood of dermal absorption (Flynn, 1990). Attempts should be made in all of these areas to clarify and describe as much as possible the variability to be expected because of differences in species, sex, age, and route of exposure. The analysis takes into account the presence of subpopulations of individuals who are particularly vulnerable to the effects of an agent because of toxicokinetic or metabolic differences (genetically or environmentally determined) (Bois et al., 1995) and is a special emphasis for assessment of risks to children. 2.3.4. Toxicological and Clinical Findings Toxicological findings in experimental animals and clinical observations in humans are important resources for the cancer hazard assessment. Such findings provide information on physiological effects and effects on enzymes, hormones, and other important macromolecules as well E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17786 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices as on target organs for toxicity. For example, given that the cancer process represents defects in processes such as terminal differentiation, growth control, and cell death, developmental studies of agents may provide an understanding of the activity of an agent that carries over to cancer assessment. Toxicity studies in animals by different routes of administration support comparison of absorption and metabolism by those routes. Data on human variability in standard clinical tests may also provide insight into the range of human susceptibility and the common mechanisms of agents that affect the tested parameters. 2.3.5. Events Relevant to Mode of Carcinogenic Action Knowledge of the biochemical and biological changes that precede tumor development (which include, but are not limited to, mutagenesis, increased cell proliferation, inhibition of programmed cell death, and receptor activation) may provide important insight for determining whether a cancer hazard exists and may help inform appropriate consideration of the dose-response relationship below the range of observable tumor response. Because cancer can result from a series of genetic alterations in the genes that control cell growth, division, and differentiation (Vogelstein et al., 1988; Hanahan and Weinberg, 2000; Kinzler and Vogelstein, 2002), the ability of an agent to affect genotype (and hence gene products) or gene expression is of obvious importance in evaluating its influence on the carcinogenic process. Initial and key questions to examine are: Does the agent (or its metabolite) interact directly with DNA, leading to mutations that bring about changes in gene products or gene expression? Does the agent bring about effects on gene expression via other nondirect DNA interaction processes? Furthermore, carcinogenesis involves a complex series and interplay of events that alter the signals a cell receives from its extracellular environment, thereby promoting uncontrolled growth. Many, but not all, mutagens are carcinogens, and some, but not all, agents that induce cell proliferation lead to tumor development. Thus, understanding the range of key steps in the carcinogenic process upon which an agent might act is essential for evaluating its mode of action. Determination of carcinogens that are operating by a mutagenic mode of action, for example, entails evaluation of in vivo or in vitro shortterm testing results for genetic endpoints, metabolic profiles, physicochemical properties, and VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 structure-activity relationship (SAR) analyses in a weight-of-evidence approach (Dearfield et al., 1991; U.S. EPA, 1986b; Waters et al., 1999). Key data for a mutagenic mode of action may be evidence that the carcinogen or a metabolite is DNA-reactive and/or has the ability to bind to DNA. Also, mutagenic carcinogens usually produce positive effects in multiple test systems for different genetic endpoints, particularly gene mutations and structural chromosome aberrations, and in tests performed in vivo which generally are supported by positive tests in vitro. Additionally, carcinogens may be identified as operating via a mutagenic mode of action if they have similar properties and SAR to mutagenic carcinogens. Endpoints that provide insight into an agent’s ability to alter gene products and gene expression, together with other features of an agent’s potential mode of carcinogenic action, are discussed below. 2.3.5.1. Direct DNA-Reactive Effects It is well known that many carcinogens are electrophiles that interact with DNA, resulting in DNA adducts and breakage (referred to in these cancer guidelines as direct DNA effects). Usually during the process of DNA replication, these DNA lesions can be converted into and fixed as mutations and chromosomal alterations that then may initiate and otherwise contribute to the carcinogenic process (Shelby and Zeiger, 1990; Tinwell and Ashby, 1991; IARC, 1999). Thus, studies of mutations and other genetic lesions continue to inform the assessment of potential human cancer hazard and in the understanding of an agent’s mode of carcinogenic action. EPA has published testing guidelines for detecting the ability of an agent to damage DNA and produce mutations and chromosomal alterations (as discussed in Dearfield et al., 1991). Briefly, standard tests for gene mutations in bacteria and mammalian cells in vitro and in vivo and for structural chromosomal aberrations in vitro and in vivo are important examples of relevant methods. New molecular approaches, such as mouse mutations and cancer transgenic models, are providing a means to examine mutation at tissue sites where the tumor response is observed (Heddle and Swiger, 1996; Tennant et al., 1999). Additionally, continued improvements in fluorescentbased chromosome staining methods (fluorescent in situ hybridization [FISH]) will allow the detection of specific chromosomal abnormalities in relevant target tissues (Tucker and Preston, 1998). PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 Endpoints indicative of DNA damage but not measures of mutation per se, such as DNA adducts or strand breakage, may be detected in relevant target tissues and thus contribute to evaluating an agent’s mutagenic potential. Evidence of chemical-specific DNA adducts (e.g., reactions at oxygen sites in DNA bases or with ring nitrogens of guanine and adenine) provides information on a mutagen’s ability to directly interact with DNA (La and Swenberg, 1996). Some planar molecules (e.g., 9-aminoacridine) intercalate between base pairs of DNA, which results in a physical distortion in DNA that may lead to mutations when DNA replicates. As discussed below, some carcinogens do not interact directly with DNA, but they can produce increases in endogenous levels of DNA adducts (e.g., 8hydroxyguanine) by indirect mechanisms. 2.3.5.2. Indirect DNA Effects or Other Effects on Genes/Gene Expression Although some carcinogens may result in an elevation of mutations or cytogenetic anomalies, as detected in standard assays, they may do so by indirect mechanisms. These effects may be brought about by chemical-cell interactions rather than by the chemical (or its metabolite) directly interacting with DNA. An increase in mutations might be due to cytotoxic exposures causing regenerative proliferation or to mitogenic influences (Cohen and Ellwein, 1990). Increased cell division may elevate mutation by clonal expansion of initiated cells or by increasing the number of genetic errors by rapid cell division and reduced time for DNA repair. Some agents might result in an elevation of mutations by interfering with the enzymes involved in DNA repair and recombination (Barrett and Lee, 1992). Damage to certain critical DNA repair genes or other genes (e.g., the p53 gene) may result in genomic instability, which predisposes cells to further genetic alterations and increases the probability of neoplastic progression (Harris and Hollstein, 1993; Levine et al., 1994; Rouse and Jackson, 2002). Likewise, DNA repair processes may be saturated at certain doses of a chemical, leading to an elevation of genetic alterations. The initiation of programmed cell death (apoptosis) can potentially be blocked by an agent, thereby permitting replication of cells carrying genetic errors that would normally be removed from the proliferative pool. At certain doses an agent may also generate reactive oxygen species that produce oxidative damage to DNA and other E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices macromolecules (Chang et al. 1988; Kehrer, 1993; Clayson et al., 1994). The role of cellular alterations that are attributable to oxidative damage in tumorigenesis (e.g., 8-hydroxyguanine) is currently unclear. Several carcinogens have been shown to induce aneuploidy (the loss or gain of chromosomes) (Barrett, 1992; Gibson et al., 1995). Aneuploidy can result in the loss of heterozygosity or genomic instability (Cavenee et al., 1986; Fearon and Vogelstein, 1990). Agents that cause aneuploidy typically interfere with the normal process of chromosome segregation by interacting with nonDNA targets such as the proteins needed for chromosome segregation and chromosome movement. Whether this chromosome imbalance is the cause or the effect of tumorigenesis is not clear. Thus, it is important to understand if the agent induces aneuploidy as a key early event in the carcinogenic process. It is possible for an agent to alter gene expression by transcriptional, translational, or post-translational modifications. For example, perturbation of DNA methylation patterns may cause effects that contribute to carcinogenesis (Jones, 1986; Holliday, 1987; Goodman and Counts, 1993; Chuang et al., 1996; Baylin and Bestor, 2002). Overexpression of genes by DNA amplification has been observed in certain tumors (Vainio et al., 1992). Mechanisms of altering gene expression may involve cellular reprogramming through hormonal or receptor-mediated mechanisms (Barrett, 1992; Ashby et al., 1994). Both cell proliferation and programmed cell death can be part of the maintenance of homeostasis in many normal tissues, and alterations in the level or rate of either can be important elements of the carcinogenic process. The balance between the two can directly affect the survival and growth of initiated cells as well as preneoplastic and tumor cell populations (i.e., increase in cell proliferation or decrease in cell death) (Moolgavkar, 1986; Cohen and Ellwein, 1990, 1991; Cohen et al., 1991; Bellamy et al., 1995). Thus, measurements of these events can contribute to the weight of the evidence for cancer hazard prediction and to mode of action understanding. In studies of proliferative effects, distinctions should be made between mitogenesis and regenerative proliferation (Cohen and Ellwein, 1990, 1991; Cohen et al., 1991). In applying information from studies on cell proliferation and apoptosis to risk assessment, it is important to identify the tissues and target cells VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 involved, to measure effects in both normal and neoplastic tissue, to distinguish between apoptosis and necrosis, and to determine the dose that affects these processes. Gap-junctional intercellular communication is believed to play a role in tissue and organ development and in the maintenance of a normal cellular phenotype within tissues. A growing body of evidence suggests that chemical interference with gap-junctional intercellular communication is a contributing factor in tumor development (Swierenga and Yamasaki, 1992; Yamasaki, 1995). 2.3.5.3. Precursor Events and Biomarker Information Most testing schemes for mutagenicity and other short-term assays were designed for hazard identification purposes; thus, these assays are generally conducted using acute exposures. For data on ‘‘precursor steps’’ to be useful in informing the dose-response curve for tumor induction below the level of observation, it is often useful for data to come from in vivo studies and from studies where exposure is repeated or given over an extended period of time. Although consistency of results across different assays and animal models provides a stronger basis for drawing conclusions, it is desirable to have data on the precursor event in the same target organ, sex, animal strain, and species as the tumor data. In evaluating an agent’s mode of action, it is usually not sufficient to determine that some event commences upon dosing. It is important to understand whether it is a necessary event that plays a key role in the process that leads to tumor development versus an effect of the cancer process itself or simply an associated event. Various endpoints can serve as biological markers of effects in biological systems or samples. These may help identify doses at which elements of the carcinogenic process are operating; aid in interspecies extrapolations when data are available from both experimental animal and human cells; and under certain circumstances, provide insights into the possible shape of the dose-response curve below levels where tumor incidences are observed (e.g., Choy, 1993). Genetic and other findings (such as changes in proto-oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes in preneoplastic and neoplastic tissue or, possibly, measures of endocrine disruption) can indicate the potential for disease and, as such, serve as biomarkers of effect. They, too, can be used in different ways. PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17787 • The spectrum of genetic changes in proliferative lesions and tumors following chemical administration to experimental animals can be determined and compared with that in spontaneous tumors in control animals, in animals exposed to other agents of varying structural and functional activities, and in persons exposed to the agent under study. • Biomarkers of effect and/or precursors may help to identify subpopulations of individuals who may be at an elevated risk for a certain cancer or exposure to a certain agent, e.g., cytochrome P450 2D6/debrisoquine sensitivity for lung cancer (Caporaso et al., 1989) or inherited colon cancer syndromes (Kinzler et al., 1991; ¨ Peltomaki et al., 1993). • As with biomarkers of exposure, it may be justified in some cases to use biomarkers of effect and/or precursors for dose-response assessment or to provide insight into the potential shape of the dose-response curve at doses below those at which tumors are induced experimentally. In applying biomarker data to cancer assessment an assessment should consider: • Analytical methodology, • Routes of exposure, • Exposure to mixtures, • Time after exposure, • Sensitivity and specificity of biomarkers, and • Dose-response relationships. 2.3.5.4. Judging Data Criteria that are generally applicable for judging the adequacy of mechanistically based data include: • Mechanistic relevance of the data to carcinogenicity, • Number of studies of each endpoint, • Consistency of results in different test systems and different species, • Similar dose-response relationships for tumor and mode of action-related effects, • Conduct of the tests in accordance with generally accepted protocols, and • Degree of consensus and general acceptance among scientists regarding interpretation of the significance and specificity of the tests. Although important information can be gained from in vitro test systems, a higher level of confidence is generally given to data that are derived from in vivo systems, particularly those results that show a site concordance with the tumor data. It is important to remember that when judging and considering the use of any data, the basic standard of quality, as defined by the EPA Information Quality Guidelines, should be satisfied. E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17788 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices 2.4. Mode of Action—General Considerations and Framework for Analysis 2.4.1. General Considerations The interaction between the biology of the organism and the chemical properties of the agent determine whether there is an adverse effect. Thus, mode of action analysis is based on physical, chemical, and biological information that helps to explain key events in an agent’s influence on development of tumors. The entire range of information developed in the assessment is reviewed to arrive at a reasoned judgment. An agent may work by more than one mode of action, both at different sites and at the same tumor site. Thus the mode of action and human relevance cannot necessarily be generalized to other toxic endpoints or tissues or cell types without additional analyses (IPCS, 1999; Meek et al., 2003). At least some information bearing on mode of action (e.g., SAR, screening tests for mutagenicity) is present for most agents undergoing assessment of carcinogenicity, even though certainty about exact molecular mechanisms may be rare. Information for mode of action analysis generally includes tumor data in humans and animals and among structural analogues, as well as the other key data. The more complete the data package and the generic knowledge about a given mode of action, the more confidence one has and the more one can rely on assessment of available data rather than reverting to default options to address the absence of information on mode of action. Reasoned judgments are generally based on a data-rich source of chemical, chemical class, and tumor type-specific information. Many times there will be conflicting data and gaps in the information base; it is important to carefully evaluate these uncertainties before reaching any conclusion. In making decisions about potential modes of action and the relevance of animal tumor findings to humans (Ashby et al., 1990; Ashby and Tennant, 1991; Tennant, 1993; IPCS 1999; Sonich-Mullin et al., 2001; Meek et al., 2003), very often the results of chronic animal studies may give important clues. Some of the important factors to review include: • Tumor types, for example, those responsive to endocrine influence or those produced by DNA-reactive carcinogens; • Number of studies and of tumor sites, sexes, and species affected or unaffected in those studies and if the data present a coherent story; VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 • Similarity of metabolic activation and detoxification for a specific chemical between humans and tested species; • Influence of route of exposure on the spectrum of tumors and whether they occur at point of exposure or systemic sites; • Effect of high dose exposures on the target organ or systemic toxicity that may not reflect typical physiological conditions, for example, urinary chemical changes associated with stone formation, effects on immune surveillance; • Presence of proliferative lesions, for example, hepatic foci, or hyperplasia; • Effect of dose and time on the progression of lesions from preneoplastic to benign tumors, then to malignant; • Ratio of malignant to benign tumors as a function of dose and time; • Time of appearance of tumors after commencing exposure; • Development of tumors that invade locally or systemically, or lead to death; • Tumors at organ sites with high or low background historical incidence in laboratory animals; • Biomarkers in tumor cells, both induced and spontaneous, for example, DNA or protein adducts, mutation spectra, chromosome changes, oncogene activation; and/or • Shape of the dose-response curve in the range of tumor observation, for example, linear versus nonlinear. Some of the myriad ways in which information from chronic animal studies influences mode of action judgments include, but are not limited to, the following: • Multisite and multispecies tumor effects that are often associated with mutagenic agents; • Tumors restricted to one sex or species suggesting an influence restricted to gender, strain, or species; • Late onset of tumors that are primarily benign, are at sites with a high historical background incidence, or show reversal of lesions on cessation of exposure suggesting a growth-promoting mode of action; • The possibility that an agent acting differently in different tissues; or • The possibility that has more than one mode of action in a single tissue. Simple knowledge of sites of tumor increase in rodent studies can give preliminary clues as to mode of action. Experience at the National Toxicology Program (NTP) indicates that substances that are DNA reactive and that produce gene mutations may be unique in producing tumors in certain anatomical sites, whereas tumors at other sites may arise from both mutagenic or PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 nonmutagenic influences (Ashby and Tennant, 1991; Huff et al., 1991). The types of data and their influence on judgments regarding mode of action are expected to evolve, both as science advances and as the risk assessment community gains more experience with these analyses. This section contains a framework for evaluating hypothesized mode(s) of action. This framework has similarities to and differences with the concepts presented in other MOA frameworks (e.g., IPCS, 1999; SonichMullin et al., 2001; Meek et al., 2003). Differences are often due to the context of the use for the framework. For example, the Meek et al. (2003) presents a stand-alone document for addressing mode of action issues; thus, it recommends that conclusions concerning MOA be rendered separately. In these cancer guidelines, however, they are incorporated into the context of all of the data regarding weight of the evidence for carcinogenicity. 2.4.2. Evaluating an Hypothesized Mode of Action 2.4.2.1. Peer Review In reaching conclusions, the question of ‘‘general acceptance’’ of a mode of action should be tested as part of the independent peer review that EPA obtains for its assessment and conclusions. In some cases the mode of action may already have been established by development of a large body of research information and characterization of the phenomenon over time. In some cases there will have been development of an Agency policy (e.g., mode of action involving alpha-2uglobulin in the male rat [U.S. EPA, 1991b]) or a series of previous assessments in which both the mode of action and its applicability to particular cases has been explored. If so, the assessment and its peer review can focus on the evidence that a particular agent acts in this mode. The peer review should also evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of competing modes of action. In other cases, the mode of action may not have previously been the subject of an Agency document. If so, the data to support both the mode of action and the associated activity of the agent should undergo EPA assessment and subsequent peer review. 2.4.2.2. Use of the Framework The framework supports a full analysis of mode of action information, but it can also be used as a screen to decide whether sufficient information is available to evaluate or whether the data E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices gaps are too substantial to justify further analysis. Mode of action conclusions are used to address the question of human relevance of animal tumor responses, to address differences in anticipated response among humans, such as between children and adults or men and women; and as the basis of decisions about the anticipated shape of the doseresponse relationship. Guidance on the latter appears in Section 3. This framework is intended to provide an analytical approach for evaluating the mode of action. It is neither a checklist nor a list of required criteria. As the type and amount of information will depend on the mode of action postulated, scientific judgment is important to determine if the weight of evidence is sufficient. 2.4.3. Framework for Evaluating Each Hypothesized Carcinogenic Mode of Action This framework is intended to be an analytic tool for judging whether available data support a mode of carcinogenic action hypothesized for an agent. It is based upon considerations for causality in epidemiologic investigations originally articulated by Hill (1965) but later modified by others and extended to experimental studies. The original Hill criteria were applied to epidemiologic data, whereas this framework is applied to a much wider assortment of experimental data, so it retains the basic principles of Hill but is much modified in content. The modified Hill criteria can be useful for organizing thinking about aspects of causation, and they are consistent with the scientific method of developing hypotheses and testing those hypotheses experimentally. During analysis by EPA, and as guidance for peer review, a key question is whether the data to support a mode of action meet the standards generally applied in experimental biology regarding inference of causation. All pertinent studies are reviewed in analyzing a mode of action, and an overall weighing of evidence is performed, laying out the strengths, weaknesses, and uncertainties of the case as well as potential alternative positions and rationales. Identifying data gaps and research needs is also part of the assessment. To evaluate whether an hypothesized mode of action is operative, an analysis starts with an outline of the scientific findings regarding the hypothesized key events leading to cancer, and then weighing information to determine whether there is a causal relationship between these events and cancer formation, i.e., that the effects are VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 critical for induction of tumors. It is not generally expected that the complete sequence will be known at the molecular level. Instead, empirical observations made at different levels of biological organization—biochemical, cellular, physiological, tissue, organ, and system—are analyzed. Several important points should be considered when working with the framework: • The topics listed for analysis should not be regarded as a checklist of necessary ‘‘proofs.’’ The judgment of whether an hypothesized mode of action is supported by available data takes account of the analysis as a whole. • The framework provides a structure for organizing the facts upon which conclusions as to mode of action rest. The purpose of using the framework is to make analysis transparent and to allow the reader to understand the facts and reasoning behind a conclusion. • The framework does not dictate an answer. The weight of evidence that is sufficient to support a decision about a mode of action may be less or more, depending on the purpose of the analysis, for example, screening, research needs identification, or full risk assessment. To make the reasoning transparent, the purpose of the analysis should be made apparent to the reader. • Toxicokinetic studies may contribute to mode of action analysis by contributing to identifying the active form(s) of an agent that is central to the mode of action. Apart from contributing in this way, toxicokinetics studies may reveal effects of saturation of metabolic processes. These may not be considered key events in a mode of action, but they are given separate consideration in assessing dose metrics and potential nonlinearity of the dose-response relationship. • Generally, ‘‘sufficient’’ support is a matter of scientific judgment in the context of the requirements of the decisionmaker or in the context of science policy guidance regarding a certain mode of action. • Even when an hypothesized mode of action is supported for a described response in a specific tissue, it may not explain other tumor responses observed, which should get separate consideration in hazard and dose-response assessment. For each tumor site being evaluated, the mode of action analysis should begin with a description of the relevant data and key events that may be associated with an hypothesized mode of action and its sequence of key events (see Section 2.4.3.1). This can be followed by a discussion of various aspects of the experimental support for PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17789 hypothesized mode(s) of action in animals and humans (see Section 2.4.3.2). The possibility of other modes of action also should be considered and discussed (see Section 2.4.3.3); if there is evidence for more than one mode of action, each should receive a separate analysis. Conclusions about each hypothesized mode of action should address whether the mode of action is supported in animals and is relevant to humans and which populations or lifestages can be particularly susceptible (see Section 2.4.3.4). In a risk assessment document, the analysis of an hypothesized mode of action can be presented before or with the characterization of an agent’s potential hazard to humans. 2.4.3.1. Description of the Hypothesized Mode of Action Summary description of the hypothesized mode of action. For each tumor site, the mode of action analysis begins with a description of the hypothesized mode of action and its sequence of key events. If there is evidence for more than one mode of action, each receives a separate analysis. Identification of key events. In order to judge how well data support involvement of a key event in carcinogenic processes, the experimental definition of the event or events should be clear and reproducible. To support an association, experiments should define and measure an event consistently. • Can a list of events be identified that are key to the carcinogenic process? • Are the events well defined? Pertinent observations may include, but are not limited to, receptor-ligand changes, cytotoxicity, cell cycle effects, increased cell growth, organ weight differences, histological changes, hormone or other protein perturbations, or DNA and chromosome effects. 2.4.3.2. Discussion of the Experimental Support for the Hypothesized Mode of Action The experimental support for the hypothesized mode of action should be discussed from several viewpoints patterned after the Hill criteria (see Section 2.2.1.7). For illustration, the explanation of each topic includes typical questions to be addressed to the available empirical data and experimental observations anticipated to be pertinent. The latter will vary from case to case. For a particular mode of action, certain observations may be established as essential in practice or policy, for example, measures of thyroid hormone levels in supporting thyroid E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17790 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices hormone elevation as a key event in carcinogenesis. Strength, consistency, specificity of association. A statistically significant association between events and a tumor response observed in well-conducted studies is generally supportive of causation. Consistent observations in a number of such studies with differing experimental designs increase that support, because different designs may reduce unknown biases. Studies showing ‘‘recovery,’’ i.e., absence or reduction of carcinogenicity when the event is blocked or diminished, are particularly useful tests of the association. Specificity of the association, without evidence of other modes of action, strengthens a causal conclusion. A lack of strength, consistency, and specificity of association weakens the causal conclusions for a particular mode of action. • What is the level of statistical and biological significance for each event and for cancer? • Do independent studies and different experimental hypothesistesting approaches produce the same associations? • Does the agent produce effects other than those hypothesized? • Is the key event associated with precursor lesions? Pertinent observations include tumor response associated with events (site of action logically relates to event[s]), precursor lesions associated with events, initiation-promotion studies, and stop/recovery studies. Dose-response concordance. If a key event and tumor endpoints increase with dose such that the key events forecast the appearance of tumors at a later time or higher dose, a causal association can be strengthened. Doseresponse associations of the key event with other precursor events can add further strength. Difficulty arises when an event is not causal but accompanies the process generally. For example, if tumors and the hypothesized precursor both increase with dose, the two responses will be correlated regardless of whether a causal relationship exists. This is similar to the issue of confounding in epidemiologic studies. Dose-response studies coupled with mechanistic studies can assist in clarifying these relationships. • What are the correlations among doses producing events and cancer? Pertinent observations include, but are not limited to, 2-year bioassay observation of lesions correlated with observations of hormone changes and the same lesions in shorter term studies or in interim sacrifice. VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 Temporal relationship. If an event is shown to be causally linked to tumorigenesis, it will precede tumor appearance. An event may also be observed contemporaneously or after tumor appearance; these observations may add to the strength of association but not to the temporal association. • What is the ordering of events that underlie the carcinogenic process? • Is this ordering consistent among independent studies? Pertinent observations include studies of varying duration observing the temporal sequence of events and development of tumors. Biological plausibility and coherence. It is important that the hypothesized mode of action and the events that are part of it be based on contemporaneous understanding of the biology of cancer to be accepted. If the body of information under scrutiny is consistent with other examples (including structurally related agents) for which the hypothesized mode of action is accepted, the case is strengthened. Because some modes of action can be anticipated to evoke effects other than cancer, the available toxicity database on noncancer effects, for example, reproductive effects of certain hormonal disturbances, can contribute to this evaluation. • Is the mode of action consistent with what is known about carcinogenesis in general and for the case specifically? • Are carcinogenic effects and events consistent across structural analogues? • Is the database on the agent internally consistent in supporting the purported mode of action, including relevant noncancer toxicities? Pertinent observations include the scientific basis for considering an hypothesized mode of action generally, given the contemporaneous state of knowledge of carcinogenic processes; previous examples of data sets showing the mode of action; data sets on analogues; and coherence of data in this case from cancer and noncancer toxicity studies. 2.4.3.3. Consideration of the Possibility of Other Modes of Action The possible involvement of more than one mode of action at the tumor site should be considered. Pertinent observations that are not consistent with the hypothesized mode of action can suggest the possibility of other modes of action. Some pertinent observations can be consistent with more than one mode of action. Furthermore, different modes of action can operate in different dose ranges; for example, an agent can act predominantly through cytotoxicity at PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 high doses and through mutagenicity at lower doses where cytotoxicity may not occur. If there is evidence for more than one mode of action, each should receive a separate analysis. There may be an uneven level of experimental support for the different modes of action. Sometimes this can reflect disproportionate resources spent on investigating one particular mode of action and not the validity or relative importance of the other possible modes of action. Ultimately, however, the information on all of the modes of action should be integrated to better understand how and when each mode acts, and which mode(s) may be of interest for exposure levels relevant to human exposures of interest. 2.4.3.4. Conclusions About the Hypothesized Mode of Action Conclusions about the hypothesized mode of action should address the issues listed below. For those agents for which the mode of action is considered useful for the risk assessment, the weight of the evidence concerning mode of action in animals as well as its relevance for humans would be incorporated into the weight of evidence narrative (Section 2.5). (a) Is the hypothesized mode of action sufficiently supported in the test animals? Associations observed between key events and tumors may or may not support an inference of causation. The conclusion that the agent causes one or more key events that results in tumors is strengthened as more aspects of causation are satisfied and weakened as fewer are satisfied. Consistent results in different experiments that test the hypothesized mode of action build support for that mode of action. Replicating results in a similar experiment does not generally meaningfully strengthen the original evidence, and discordant results generally weaken that support. Experimental challenge to the hypothesized mode of action, where interrupting the sequence of key events suppresses the tumor response or enhancement of key events increases the tumor response, creates very strong support for the mode of action. (b) Is the hypothesized mode of action relevant to humans? If an hypothesized mode of action is sufficiently supported in the test animals, the sequence of key precursor events should be reviewed to identify critical similarities and differences between the test animals and humans. The question of concordance can be complicated by cross-species differences in toxicokinetics or toxicodynamics. For example, the active E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices agent can be formed through different metabolic pathways in animals and humans. Any information suggesting quantitative differences between animals and humans is flagged for consideration in the dose-response assessment. This includes the potential for different internal doses of the active agent or for differential occurrence of a key precursor event. ‘‘Relevance’’ of a potential mode of action is considered in the context of characterization of hazard, not level of risk. Anticipated levels of human exposure are not used to determine whether the hypothesized mode of action is relevant to humans. Exposure information is integrated into the overall risk characterization. The question of relevance considers all populations and lifestages. It is possible that the conditions under which a mode of action operates exist primarily in a particular population or lifestage, for example, in those with a pre-existing hormonal imbalance. Other populations or lifestages may not be analogous to the test animals, in which case the question of relevance would be decided by inference. Special attention should be paid to whether tumors can arise from childhood exposure, considering various aspects of development during these lifestages. Because the studies that support a mode of action are typically conducted in mature animals, conclusions about relevance during childhood generally rely on inference. There is currently no standard Agency position regarding the issue of whether tumors arising through the hypothesized mode of action are relevant during childhood; understanding the mode of action implies that there are sufficient data (on either the specific agent or the general mode of action) to form a confident conclusion about relevance during childhood. (c) Which populations or lifestages can be particularly susceptible to the hypothesized mode of action? If an hypothesized mode of action is judged relevant to humans, information about the key precursor event(s) is reviewed to identify populations or lifestages that might reasonably expected to be particularly susceptible to their occurrence. Although agent-specific data would provide the strongest indication of susceptibility, this review may also rely on general knowledge about the precursor events and characteristics of individuals susceptible to these events. Any information suggesting quantitative differences between populations or lifestages should be flagged for consideration in the dose-response VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 assessment (see Section 3.5). This includes the potential for a higher internal dose of the active agent or for an increased occurrence of a key precursor event. Quantitative differences may result in separate risk estimates for susceptible populations or lifestages. The possibility that childhood is a susceptible period for exposure should be explicitly addressed. Generic understanding of the mode of action can be used to gauge childhood susceptibility, and this determination can be refined through analysis of agentspecific data. 2.4.4. Evolution With Experience Several groups have proposed or incorporated mode of action into their risk assessments (see, e.g., U.S. EPA, 1991b; Sonich-Mullin et al., 2001; Meek et al., 2003). As the frameworks and mandates under which these evaluations were produced differ, the specific procedures described in and conclusions drawn may also differ. Nevertheless, the number of case studies from all venues remains limited. More experience with differing modes of action are expected to highlight and illustrate the strengths and limitations of the general framework proposed in these cancer guidelines. Moreover, additional toxicological techniques may expand or change scientific judgments regarding which information is useful for mode of action determinations. As warranted, additional guidance may be proposed as experience is gained and/or as toxicological knowledge advances. 2.5. Weight of Evidence Narrative The weight of evidence narrative is a short summary (one to two pages) that explains an agent’s human carcinogenic potential and the conditions that characterize its expression. It should be sufficiently complete to be able to stand alone, highlighting the key issues and decisions that were the basis for the evaluation of the agent’s potential hazard. It should be sufficiently clear and transparent to be useful to risk managers and non-expert readers. It may be useful to summarize all of the significant components and conclusions in the first paragraph of the narrative and to explain complex issues in more depth in the rest of the narrative. The weight of the evidence should be presented as a narrative laying out the complexity of information that is essential to understanding the hazard and its dependence on the quality, quantity, and type(s) of data available, as well as the circumstances of exposure or the traits of an exposed population that may be required for expression of PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17791 cancer. For example, the narrative can clearly state to what extent the determination was based on data from human exposure, from animal experiments, from some combination of the two, or from other data. Similarly, information on mode of action can specify to what extent the data are from in vivo or in vitro exposures or based on similarities to other chemicals. The extent to which an agent’s mode of action occurs only on reaching a minimum dose or a minimum duration should also be presented. A hazard might also be expressed disproportionately in individuals possessing a specific gene; such characterizations may follow from a better understanding of the human genome. Furthermore, route of exposure should be used to qualify a hazard if, for example, an agent is not absorbed by some routes. Similarly, a hazard can be attributable to exposures during a susceptible lifestage on the basis of our understanding of human development. The weight of evidence-of-evidence narrative should highlight: • The quality and quantity of the data; • All key decisions and the basis for these major decisions; and • Any data, analyses, or assumptions that are unusual for or new to EPA. To capture this complexity, a weight of evidence narrative generally includes: • Conclusions about human carcinogenic potential (choice of descriptor(s), described below), • A summary of the key evidence supporting these conclusions (for each descriptor used), including information on the type(s) of data (human and/or animal, in vivo and/or in vitro) used to support the conclusion(s), • Available information on the epidemiologic or experimental conditions that characterize expression of carcinogenicity (e.g., if carcinogenicity is possible only by one exposure route or only above a certain human exposure level), • A summary of potential modes of action and how they reinforce the conclusions, • Indications of any susceptible populations or lifestages, when available, and • A summary of the key default options invoked when the available information is inconclusive. To provide some measure of clarity and consistency in an otherwise freeform narrative, the weight of evidence descriptors are included in the first sentence of the narrative. Choosing a descriptor is a matter of judgment and cannot be reduced to a formula. Each descriptor may be applicable to a wide E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17792 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices variety of potential data sets and weights of evidence. These descriptors and narratives are intended to permit sufficient flexibility to accommodate new scientific understanding and new testing methods as they are developed and accepted by the scientific community and the public. Descriptors represent points along a continuum of evidence; consequently, there are gradations and borderline cases that are clarified by the full narrative. Descriptors, as well as an introductory paragraph, are a short summary of the complete narrative that preserves the complexity that is an essential part of the hazard characterization. Users of these cancer guidelines and of the risk assessments that result from the use of these cancer guidelines should consider the entire range of information included in the narrative rather than focusing simply on the descriptor. In borderline cases, the narrative explains the case for choosing one descriptor and discusses the arguments for considering but not choosing another. For example, between ‘‘suggestive’’ and ‘‘likely’’ or between ‘‘suggestive’’ and ‘‘inadequate,’’ the explanation clearly communicates the information needed to consider appropriately the agent’s carcinogenic potential in subsequent decisions. Multiple descriptors can be used for a single agent, for example, when carcinogenesis is dose-or routedependent. For example, if an agent causes point-of-contact tumors by one exposure route but adequate testing is negative by another route, then the agent could be described as likely to be carcinogenic by the first route but not likely to be carcinogenic by the second. Another example is when the mode of action is sufficiently understood to conclude that a key event in tumor development would not occur below a certain dose range. In this case, the agent could be described as likely to be carcinogenic above a certain dose range but not likely to be carcinogenic below that range. Descriptors can be selected for an agent that has not been tested in a cancer bioassay if sufficient other information, e.g., toxicokinetic and mode of action information, is available to make a strong, convincing, and logical case through scientific inference. For example, if an agent is one of a welldefined class of agents that are understood to operate through a common mode of action and if that agent has the same mode of action, then in the narrative the untested agent would have the same descriptor as the class. Another example is when an untested agent’s effects are understood VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 to be caused by a human metabolite, in which case in the narrative the untested agent could have the same descriptor as the metabolite. As new testing methods are developed and used, assessments may increasingly be based on inferences from toxicokinetic and mode of action information in the absence of tumor studies in animals or humans. When a well-studied agent produces tumors only at a point of initial contact, the descriptor generally applies only to the exposure route producing tumors unless the mode of action is relevant to other routes. The rationale for this conclusion would be explained in the narrative. When tumors occur at a site other than the point of initial contact, the descriptor generally applies to all exposure routes that have not been adequately tested at sufficient doses. An exception occurs when there is convincing information, e.g., toxicokinetic data that absorption does not occur by another route. When the response differs qualitatively as well as quantitatively with dose, this information should be part of the characterization of the hazard. In some cases reaching a certain dose range can be a precondition for effects to occur, as when cancer is secondary to another toxic effect that appears only above a certain dose. In other cases exposure duration can be a precondition for hazard if effects occur only after exposure is sustained for a certain duration. These considerations differ from the issues of relative absorption or potency at different dose levels because they may represent a discontinuity in a dose-response function. When multiple bioassays are inconclusive, mode of action data are likely to hold the key to resolution of the more appropriate descriptor. When bioassays are few, further bioassays to replicate a study’s results or to investigate the potential for effects in another sex, strain, or species may be useful. When there are few pertinent data, the descriptor makes a statement about the database, for example, ‘‘Inadequate Information to Assess Carcinogenic Potential,’’ or a database that provides ‘‘Suggestive Evidence of Carcinogenic Potential.’’ With more information, the descriptor expresses a conclusion about the agent’s carcinogenic potential to humans. If the conclusion is positive, the agent could be described as ‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans’’ or, with strong evidence, ‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ If the conclusion is negative, the agent could be described as ‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 Although the term ‘‘likely’’ can have a probabilistic connotation in other contexts, its use as a weight of evidence descriptor does not correspond to a quantifiable probability of whether the chemical is carcinogenic. This is because the data that support cancer assessments generally are not suitable for numerical calculations of the probability that an agent is a carcinogen. Other health agencies have expressed a comparable weight of evidence using terms such as ‘‘Reasonably Anticipated to Be a Human Carcinogen’’ (NTP) or ‘‘Probably Carcinogenic to Humans’’ (International Agency for Research on Cancer). The following descriptors can be used as an introduction to the weight of evidence narrative. The examples presented in the discussion of the descriptors are illustrative. The examples are neither a checklist nor a limitation for the descriptor. The complete weight of evidence narrative, rather than the descriptor alone, provides the conclusions and the basis for them. ‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ This descriptor indicates strong evidence of human carcinogenicity. It covers different combinations of evidence. • This descriptor is appropriate when there is convincing epidemiologic evidence of a causal association between human exposure and cancer. • Exceptionally, this descriptor may be equally appropriate with a lesser weight of epidemiologic evidence that is strengthened by other lines of evidence. It can be used when all of the following conditions are met: (a) There is strong evidence of an association between human exposure and either cancer or the key precursor events of the agent’s mode of action but not enough for a causal association, and (b) there is extensive evidence of carcinogenicity in animals, and (c) the mode(s) of carcinogenic action and associated key precursor events have been identified in animals, and (d) there is strong evidence that the key precursor events that precede the cancer response in animals are anticipated to occur in humans and progress to tumors, based on available biological information. In this case, the narrative includes a summary of both the experimental and epidemiologic information on mode of action and also an indication of the relative weight that each source of information carries, e.g., based on human information, based on limited human and extensive animal experiments. ‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ This descriptor is appropriate when the weight of the evidence is adequate to demonstrate carcinogenic E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices potential to humans but does not reach the weight of evidence for the descriptor ‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ Adequate evidence consistent with this descriptor covers a broad spectrum. As stated previously, the use of the term ‘‘likely’’ as a weight of evidence descriptor does not correspond to a quantifiable probability. The examples below are meant to represent the broad range of data combinations that are covered by this descriptor; they are illustrative and provide neither a checklist nor a limitation for the data that might support use of this descriptor. Moreover, additional information, e.g., on mode of action, might change the choice of descriptor for the illustrated examples. Supporting data for this descriptor may include: • An agent demonstrating a plausible (but not definitively causal) association between human exposure and cancer, in most cases with some supporting biological, experimental evidence, though not necessarily carcinogenicity data from animal experiments; • An agent that has tested positive in animal experiments in more than one species, sex, strain, site, or exposure route, with or without evidence of carcinogenicity in humans; • A positive tumor study that raises additional biological concerns beyond that of a statistically significant result, for example, a high degree of malignancy, or an early age at onset; • A rare animal tumor response in a single experiment that is assumed to be relevant to humans; or • A positive tumor study that is strengthened by other lines of evidence, for example, either plausible (but not definitively causal) association between human exposure and cancer or evidence that the agent or an important metabolite causes events generally known to be associated with tumor formation (such as DNA reactivity or effects on cell growth control) likely to be related to the tumor response in this case. ‘‘Suggestive Evidence of Carcinogenic Potential.’’ This descriptor of the database is appropriate when the weight of evidence is suggestive of carcinogenicity; a concern for potential carcinogenic effects in humans is raised, but the data are judged not sufficient for a stronger conclusion. This descriptor covers a spectrum of evidence associated with varying levels of concern for carcinogenicity, ranging from a positive cancer result in the only study on an agent to a single positive cancer result in an extensive database that includes negative studies in other species. Depending on the extent of the database, additional studies may or may VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 not provide further insights. Some examples include: • A small, and possibly not statistically significant, increase in tumor incidence observed in a single animal or human study that does not reach the weight of evidence for the descriptor ‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ The study generally would not be contradicted by other studies of equal quality in the same population group or experimental system (see discussions of conflicting evidence and differing results, below); • A small increase in a tumor with a high background rate in that sex and strain, when there is some but insufficient evidence that the observed tumors may be due to intrinsic factors that cause background tumors and not due to the agent being assessed. (When there is a high background rate of a specific tumor in animals of a particular sex and strain, then there may be biological factors operating independently of the agent being assessed that could be responsible for the development of the observed tumors.) In this case, the reasons for determining that the tumors are not due to the agent are explained; • Evidence of a positive response in a study whose power, design, or conduct limits the ability to draw a confident conclusion (but does not make the study fatally flawed), but where the carcinogenic potential is strengthened by other lines of evidence (such as structure-activity relationships); or • A statistically significant increase at one dose only, but no significant response at the other doses and no overall trend. ‘‘Inadequate Information to Assess Carcinogenic Potential.’’ This descriptor of the database is appropriate when available data are judged inadequate for applying one of the other descriptors. Additional studies generally would be expected to provide further insights. Some examples include: • Little or no pertinent information; • Conflicting evidence, that is, some studies provide evidence of carcinogenicity but other studies of equal quality in the same sex and strain are negative. Differing results, that is, positive results in some studies and negative results in one or more different experimental systems, do not constitute conflicting evidence, as the term is used here. Depending on the overall weight of evidence, differing results can be considered either suggestive evidence or likely evidence; or • Negative results that are not sufficiently robust for the descriptor, PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17793 ‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ ‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans.’’ This descriptor is appropriate when the available data are considered robust for deciding that there is no basis for human hazard concern. In some instances, there can be positive results in experimental animals when there is strong, consistent evidence that each mode of action in experimental animals does not operate in humans. In other cases, there can be convincing evidence in both humans and animals that the agent is not carcinogenic. The judgment may be based on data such as: • Animal evidence that demonstrates lack of carcinogenic effect in both sexes in well-designed and well-conducted studies in at least two appropriate animal species (in the absence of other animal or human data suggesting a potential for cancer effects), • Convincing and extensive experimental evidence showing that the only carcinogenic effects observed in animals are not relevant to humans, • Convincing evidence that carcinogenic effects are not likely by a particular exposure route (see Section 2.3), or • Convincing evidence that carcinogenic effects are not likely below a defined dose range. A descriptor of ‘‘not likely’’ applies only to the circumstances supported by the data. For example, an agent may be ‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic’’ by one route but not necessarily by another. In those cases that have positive animal experiment(s) but the results are judged to be not relevant to humans, the narrative discusses why the results are not relevant. Multiple Descriptors. More than one descriptor can be used when an agent’s effects differ by dose or exposure route. For example, an agent may be ‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans’’ by one exposure route but ‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic’’ by a route by which it is not absorbed. Also, an agent could be ‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic’’ above a specified dose but ‘‘Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic’’ below that dose because a key event in tumor formation does not occur below that dose. 2.6. Hazard Characterization The hazard characterization contains the hazard information needed for a full risk characterization (U.S. EPA, 2000b). It presents the results of the hazard assessment and explains how the weight of evidence conclusion was reached. The hazard characterization summarizes, in plain language, conclusions about the agent’s potential effects, whether they can be expected to E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17794 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices depend qualitatively on the circumstances of exposure, and if anyone can be expected to be especially susceptible. It discusses the extent to which these conclusions are supported by data or are the result of default options invoked because the data are inconclusive. It explains how complex cases with differing results in different studies were resolved. The hazard characterization highlights the major issues addressed in the hazard assessment and discusses alternative interpretations of the data and the degree to which they are supportable scientifically and are consistent with EPA guidelines. When the conclusion is supported by mode of action information, the hazard characterization also provides a clear summary of the mode of action conclusions (see Section 2.4.3.4), including the completeness of the data, the strengths and limitations of the inferences made, the potential for other modes of action, and the implications of the mode of action for selecting viable approaches to the dose-response assessment. The hazard characterization also discusses the extent to which mode of action information is available to address the potential for disproportionate risks in specific populations or lifestages or the potential for enhanced risks on the basis of interactions with other agents or stressors, if anticipated. Topics that can be addressed in a hazard characterization include: • Summary of the results of the hazard assessment; • Identification of any likely susceptible populations and lifestages, especially attending to children, infants, and fetuses; • Conclusions about the agent’s mode of action, and implications for selecting approaches to the dose-response assessment; • Identification of the available lines of evidence (e.g., animal bioassays, epidemiologic studies, toxicokinetic information, mode of action studies, and information about structural analogues or metabolites), highlighting data quality and coherence of results from different lines of evidence; and • Strengths and limitations of the hazard assessment, highlighting significant issues in interpreting the data, alternative interpretations that are considered equally plausible, critical data gaps, and default options invoked when the available information is inconclusive. 3. Dose-Response Assessment Dose-response assessment estimates potential risks to humans at exposure VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 levels of interest. Dose-response assessments are useful in many applications: Estimating risk at different exposure levels, estimating the risk reduction for different decision options, estimating the risk remaining after an action is taken, providing the risk information needed for benefit-cost analyses of different decision options, comparing risks across different agents or health effects, and setting research priorities. The purpose of the assessment should consider the quality of the data available, which will vary from case to case. A dose-response analysis is generally developed from each study that reports quantitative data on dose and response. Alternative measures of dose are available for analyzing human and animal studies (see Section 3.1). A twostep approach distinguishes analysis of the dose-response data from inferences made about lower doses. The first step is an analysis of dose and response in the range of observation of the experimental or epidemiologic studies (see Section 3.2). Modeling is encouraged to incorporate a wide range of experimental data into the doseresponse assessment (see Sections 3.1.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3). The modeling yields a point of departure (POD) near the lower end of the observed range, without significant extrapolation to lower doses (see Sections 3.2.4, 3.2.5). The second step is extrapolation to lower doses (see Section 3.3). The extrapolation approach considers what is known about the agent’s mode of action (see Section 3.3.1). Both linear and nonlinear approaches are available (see Sections 3.3.3, 3.3.4). When multiple estimates can be developed, the strengths and weaknesses of each are presented. In some cases, they may be combined in a way that best represents human cancer risk (see Section 3.3.5). Special consideration is given to describing dose-response differences attributable to different human exposure scenarios (see Section 3.4) and to susceptible populations and lifestages (see Section 3.5). It is important to discuss significant uncertainties encountered in the analysis (see Section 3.6) and to characterize other important aspects of the dose-response assessment (see Section 3.7). The scope, depth, and use of a doseresponse assessment vary in different circumstances. Although the quality of dose-response data is not necessarily related to the weight of evidence descriptor, dose-response assessments are generally completed for agents considered ‘‘Carcinogenic to Humans’’ and ‘‘Likely to Be Carcinogenic to PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 Humans.’’ When there is suggestive evidence, the Agency generally would not attempt a dose-response assessment, as the nature of the data generally would not support one; however, when the evidence includes a well-conducted study, quantitative analyses may be useful for some purposes, for example, providing a sense of the magnitude and uncertainty of potential risks, ranking potential hazards, or setting research priorities. In each case, the rationale for the quantitative analysis is explained, considering the uncertainty in the data and the suggestive nature of the weight of evidence. These analyses generally would not be considered Agency consensus estimates. Dose-response assessments are generally not done when there is inadequate evidence, although calculating a bounding estimate from an epidemiologic or experimental study that does not show positive results can indicate the study’s level of sensitivity and capacity to detect risk levels of concern. Cancer is a collection of several diseases that develop through cell and tissue changes over time. Dose-response assessment procedures based on tumor incidence have seldom taken into account the effects of key precursor events within the whole biological process due to lack of empirical data and understanding about these events. In this discussion, response data include measures of key precursor events considered integral to the carcinogenic process in addition to tumor incidence. These responses may include changes in DNA, chromosomes, or other key macromolecules; effects on growth signal transduction, including induction of hormonal changes; or physiological or toxic effects that include proliferative events diagnosed as precancerous but not pathology that is judged to be cancer. Analysis of such responses may be done along with that of tumor incidence to enhance the tumor dose-response analysis. If doseresponse analysis of nontumor key events is more informative about the carcinogenic process for an agent, it can be used in lieu of, or in conjunction with, tumor incidence analysis for the overall dose-response assessment. As understanding of mode of action improves and new types of data become available, dose-response assessment will continue to evolve. These cancer guidelines encourage the development and application of new methods that improve dose-response assessment by reflecting new scientific understanding and new sources of information. E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices 3.1. Analysis of Dose For each effect observed, doseresponse assessment should begin by determining an appropriate dose metric. Several dose metrics have been used, e.g., delivered dose, body burden, and area under the curve, and others may be appropriate depending on the data and mode of action. Selection of an appropriate dose metric considers what data are available and what is known about the agent’s mode of action at the target site, and uncertainties involved in estimation and application of alternative metrics. The dose metric specifies: • The agent measured, preferably the active agent (administered agent or a metabolite); • Proximity to the target site (exposure concentration, potential dose, internal dose, or delivered dose,5 reflecting increasing proximity); and • The time component of the effective dose (cumulative dose, average dose, peak dose, or body burden). Analyses can be based on estimates of animal dose metrics or human dose metrics. The assessment should describe the approach used to select a dose metric and the reasons for this approach. The final analysis, however, should determine a human equivalent dose metric. This facilitates comparing results from different datasets and effects by using human equivalent dose/ concentrations as common metrics. When appropriate, it may be necessary to convert dose metrics across exposure routes. When route-to-route extrapolations are made, the underlying data, algorithms, and assumptions are clearly described. Timing of exposure can also be important. When there is a susceptible lifestage, doses during the susceptible period are not equivalent to doses at other times, and they would be analyzed separately. 5 Exposure is contact of an agent with the outer boundary of an organism. Exposure concentration is the concentration of a chemical in its transport or carrier medium at the point of contact. Dose is the amount of a substance available for interaction with metabolic processes or biologically significant receptors after crossing the outer boundary of an organism. Potential dose is the amount ingested, inhaled, or applied to the skin. Applied dose is the amount of a substance presented to an absorption barrier and available for absorption (although not necessarily having yet crossed the outer boundary of the organism). Absorbed dose is the amount crossing a specific absorption barrier (e.g., the exchange boundaries of skin, lung, and digestive tract) through uptake processes. Internal dose is a more general term, used without respect to specific absorption barriers or exchange boundaries. Delivered dose is the amount of the chemical available for interaction by any particular organ or cell (U.S. EPA, 1992a). VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 3.1.1. Standardizing Different Experimental Exposure Regimens Complex exposure or dosing regimens are often present in experimental and epidemiologic studies. The resulting internal dose depends on many variables, including concentration, duration, frequency of administration, and duration of recovery periods between administrations. Internal dose also depends on variables that are intrinsic to the exposed individual, such as lifestage and rates of metabolism and clearance. To facilitate comparing results from different study designs and to make inferences about human exposures, a summary estimate of the dose metric, whether the administered dose or inhalation exposure concentration or an internal metric, may be derived for a complex exposure regimen. Toxicokinetic modeling is the preferred approach for estimating dose metrics from exposure. Toxicokinetic models generally describe the relationship between exposure and measures of internal dose over time. More complex models can reflect sources of intrinsic variation, such as polymorphisms in metabolism and clearance rates. When a robust model is not available, or when the purpose of the assessment does not warrant developing a model, simpler approaches may be used. For chronic exposure studies, the cumulative exposure or dose administered often is expressed as an average over the duration of the study, as one consistent dose metric. This approach implies that a higher dose administered over a short duration is equivalent to a commensurately lower dose administered over a longer duration. Uncertainty usually increases as the duration becomes shorter relative to the averaging duration or the intermittent doses become more intense than the averaged dose. Moreover, doses during any specific susceptible or refractory period would not be equivalent to doses at other times. For these reasons, cumulative exposure or potential dose may be replaced by a more appropriate dose metric when indicated by the data. For mode of action studies, the dose metric should be calculated over a duration that reflects the time to occurrence of the key precursor effects. Mode of action studies are often of limited duration, as the precursors can be observed after less-than-chronic exposures. When the experimental exposure regimen is specified on a weekly basis (for example, 4 hours a day, 5 days a week), the daily exposure PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17795 may be averaged over the week, where appropriate. Doses in studies at the cellular or molecular level can be difficult to relate to organ- or organism-level dose metrics. Toxicokinetic modeling can sometimes be used to relate doses at the cellular or molecular level to doses or exposures at higher levels of organization. 3.1.2. Toxicokinetic Data and Modeling In the absence of chemical-specific data, physiologically based toxicokinetic modeling is potentially the most comprehensive way to account for biological processes that determine internal dose. Physiologically based models commonly describe blood flow between physiological compartments and simulate the relationship between applied dose and internal dose. Toxicokinetic models generally need data on absorption, distribution, metabolism, and elimination of the administered agent and its metabolites. Additionally, in the case of inhalation exposures, models can explicitly characterize the geometry of the respiratory tract and the airflow through it, as well as the interaction of this airflow with the entrained particles or fibers and gases (Kimbell et al., 2001; Subramaniam et al., 2003). Because of large interspecies differences in airway morphometry such models can be particularly useful in interspecies extrapolations. When employed, however, the potential for large interindividual differences in airway morphometry, are considered to ensure that the models provide information representative of human populations. Toxicokinetic models can improve dose-response assessment by revealing and describing nonlinear relationships between applied and internal dose. Nonlinearity observed in a doseresponse curve often can be attributed to toxicokinetics (Hoel et al., 1983; Gaylor et al., 1994), involving, for example, saturation or induction of enzymatic processes at high doses. In some cases, toxicokinetic processes tend to become linear at sufficiently low doses (Hattis, 1990). A discussion of confidence should accompany the presentation of model results and include consideration of model validation and sensitivity analysis, stressing the predictive performance of the model and whether the model is sufficient to support decision-making. Quantitative uncertainty analysis is important for evaluating the performance of a model, whether the model is based primarily on default assumptions or chemicalspecific data. The uncertainty analysis covers questions of model uncertainty E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17796 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices (e.g., Is the model based on the appropriate biology and how does that affect estimates of dose metrics?) and parameter uncertainty (e.g., Do the data support unbiased and stable estimates of the model parameters?). When a delivered dose measure is used in animal-to-human extrapolation, the assessment discusses the confidence of the target tissue and its toxicodynamics being the same in both species (see Section 3.6). Toxicokinetic modeling results may be presented alone as the preferred method of estimating human equivalent exposures or doses, or these results may be presented in parallel with default procedures (see Section 3.1.3), depending on the confidence in the modeling. 3.1.3. Cross-Species Scaling Procedures Standard cross-species scaling procedures are available when the data are not sufficient to support a toxicokinetic model or when the purpose of the assessment does not warrant developing one. The aim is to define exposure levels for humans and animals that are expected to produce the same degree of effect (U.S. EPA, 1992b), taking into account differences in scale between test animals and humans, such as size and lifespan. 3.1.3.1. Oral Exposures For oral exposures, administered doses should be scaled from animals to humans on the basis of equivalence of mg/kg3/4-d (milligrams of the agent normalized by the 3⁄4 power of body weight per day) (U.S. EPA, 1992b). The 3⁄4 power is consistent with current science, including empirical data that allow comparison of potencies in humans and animals, and it is also supported by analysis of the allometric variation of key physiological parameters across mammalian species. It is generally more appropriate at low doses, where sources of nonlinearity such as saturation of enzyme activity are less likely to occur. This scaling is intended as an unbiased estimate rather than a conservative one. Equating exposure concentrations in food or water is an alternative version of the same approach, because daily intakes of food or water are approximately proportional to the 3⁄4 power of body weight. The aim of these cross-species scaling procedures is to estimate administered doses in animals and humans that result in equal lifetime risks. It is useful to recognize two components of this equivalence: toxicokinetic equivalence, which determines administered doses in animals and humans that yield equal tissue doses, and toxicodynamic VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 equivalence, which determines tissue doses in animals and humans that yield equal lifetime risks (U.S. EPA, 1992b). Toxicokinetic modeling (see Section 3.1.2) addresses factors associated with toxicokinetic equivalence, and toxicodynamic modeling (see Section 3.2.2) addresses factors associated with toxicodynamic equivalence. When toxicokinetic modeling is used without toxicodynamic modeling, the doseresponse assessment develops and supports an approach for addressing toxicodynamic equivalence, perhaps by retaining some of the cross-species scaling factor (e.g., using the square root of the cross-species scaling factor or using a factor of 3 to cover toxicodynamic differences between animals and humans, as is currently done in deriving inhalation reference concentrations [U.S. EPA, 1994]). When assessing risks from childhood exposure, the mg/kg3/4-d scaling factor does not use the child’s body weight (U.S. EPA, 1992b). This reflects several uncertainties in extrapolating risks to children: • The data supporting the mg/kg3/4-d scaling factor were derived for differences across species and may not apply as well to differently sized individuals of the same species or to different lifestages. • In addition to metabolic differences, there are also important toxicodynamic differences; for example, children have faster rates of cell division than do adults, so scaling across different lifestages and species simultaneously may be particularly uncertain. 3.1.3.2. Inhalation Exposures For inhalation exposures experimental exposure concentrations are replaced with human equivalent concentrations calculated using EPA’s methods for deriving inhalation reference concentrations (U.S. EPA, 1994), which give preference to the use of toxicokinetic modeling. When toxicokinetic models are unavailable, default dosimetry models are employed to extrapolate from experimental exposure concentrations to human equivalent concentrations. When toxicokinetic modeling or dosimetry modeling is used without toxicodynamic modeling, the doseresponse assessment develops and supports an approach for addressing toxicodynamic equivalence. The default dosimetry models typically involve the use of speciesspecific physiologic and anatomic factors relevant to the form of the agent (e.g., particle or gas) and categorized with regard to whether the response occurs either locally (i.e., within the PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 respiratory tract) or remotely. For example, current default models (U.S. EPA, 1994) use parameters such as: • Inhalation rate and surface area of the affected part of the respiratory tract for gases eliciting the response locally, • Blood:gas partition coefficients for remote acting gases, • Fractional deposition with inhalation rate and surface area of the affected part of the respiratory tract for particles eliciting the response locally, and • Fractional deposition with inhalation rate and body weight for particles eliciting the response remotely. The current default values for some parameters used in the default models (e.g., breathing rate and respiratory tract surface area) are based on data from adults (U.S. EPA, 1994). The human respiratory system passes through several distinct stages of maturation and growth during the first several years of life and into adolescence (Pinkerton and Joad, 2000), during which characteristics important to disposition of inhaled toxicants may vary. Children and adults breathing the same concentration of an agent may receive different doses to the body or lungs (U.S. EPA, 2002b). Consequently, it may be appropriate to evaluate the default models by considering physiologic and anatomic factors representative of early lifestages, for example through the substitution of child-specific parameters (U.S. EPA, 2002b). Such evaluation uses the default model and dosimetric adjustment in use at the time of the assessment coupled with the best understanding of child-specific parameters at that time (e.g., drawn from the scientific literature). This analysis is undertaken with caution: (1) because of the correlations between activity level, breathing rate, respiratory tract dimensions, and body weight and (2) to avoid the possibility of mismatching the type of agent (gas or particle) and its site of response (within the respiratory tract or remote from the respiratory tract) with the relevant dosimetry factors in use at the time of the assessment. Analyses of children’s inhalation dosimetry are also considered when using model structures beyond the default models (e.g., physiologically based toxicokinetic models). When using dosimetry modeling, the comparison of human-equivalent concentrations for different lifestages (e.g., for an adult and a child) can indicate whether it is important to carry both concentrations forward in the doseresponse assessment or whether a verbal characterization of any findings will suffice. E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices 3.1.4. Route Extrapolation In certain situations, an assessment based on studies of one exposure route may be applied to another exposure route. Route-to-route extrapolation has both qualitative and quantitative aspects. For the qualitative aspect, the assessor should weigh the degree to which positive results by one exposure route support a judgment that similar results would be expected by another route. In general, confidence in making such a judgment is strengthened when tumors are observed at a site distant from the portal of entry and when absorption is similar through both routes. In the absence of contrary data, a qualitative default option can be used: If the agent is absorbed through an exposure route to give an internal dose, it may be carcinogenic by that route. When a qualitative extrapolation can be supported, quantitative extrapolation may still be problematic due to the absence of adequate data. The differences in biological processes among routes of exposure (oral, inhalation, dermal) can be great because of, for example, first-pass effects and different results from different exposure patterns. There is no generally applicable method for accounting for these differences in uptake processes in a quantitative route-to-route extrapolation of dose-response data in the absence of good data on the agent of interest. Therefore, route-to-route extrapolation of dose data relies on a case-by-case analysis of available data. When good data on the agent itself are limited, an extrapolation analysis can be based on expectations from physical and chemical properties of the agent, properties and route-specific data on structurally analogous compounds, or in vitro or in vivo uptake data on the agent. Route-to-route uptake models may be applied if model parameters are suitable for the compound of interest. Such models are currently considered interim methods; further model development and validation is awaiting the development of more extensive data. For screening or hazard ranking, routeto-route extrapolation may be based on assumed quantitative comparability as a default, as long as it is reasonable to assume absorption by compared routes. When route-to-route extrapolation is used, the assessor’s degree of confidence in both the qualitative and quantitative extrapolation is discussed in the assessment and highlighted in the doseresponse characterization. Toxicokinetic modeling can be used to compare results of studies by different exposure routes. Results can also be compared on the basis of VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 internal dose for effects distant from the point of contact. Route extrapolation can be used to understand how internal dose and subsequent effects depend on exposure route. If testing by different exposure routes is available, the observation of similar or dissimilar internal doses can be important in determining whether and what conclusions can be made concerning the dose-response function(s) for different routes of exposure. 3.2. Analysis in the Range of Observation The principle underlying these cancer guidelines is to use approaches that include as much information as possible. Quantitative information about key precursor events can be used to develop a toxicodynamic model. Alternatively, such information can be fitted by empirical models to extend the dose-response analysis of tumor incidence to lower doses and response levels. The analysis in the range of observation is used to establish a POD near the lower end of the observed range (see Section 3.3). 3.2.1. Epidemiologic Studies Ideally, epidemiologic data would be used to select the dose-response function for human exposures. Because epidemiologic data are usually limited and many models may fit the data (Samet et al.,1998), other factors may influence model choice. For epidemiologic studies, including those with grouped data, analysis by linear models in the range of observation is generally appropriate unless the fit is poor. The relatively small exposure range observed in many epidemiologic studies, for example, makes it difficult to discern the shape of the exposure-or dose-response curve. Exposure misclassification and errors in exposure estimation also obscure the shape of the dose-response curve. When these errors are unsystematic or random, the result is frequently to bias the risk estimates toward zero. When a linear model fits poorly, more flexible models that allow for low-dose linearity, for example, a linear-quadratic model or a Hill model (Murrell et al., 1998), are often considered next. Analysis of epidemiologic studies depends on the type of study and quality of the data, particularly the availability of quantitative measures of exposure. The objective is to develop a dose-response curve that estimates the incidence of cancer attributable to the dose (as estimated from the exposure) to the agent. In some cases, e.g., tobacco smoke or occupational exposures, the PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17797 data are in the range of the exposures of interest. In other cases, as with data from animal experiments, information from the observable range is extrapolated to exposures of interest. Analysis of effects raises additional issues: • Many studies collect information from death certificates, which leads to estimates of mortality rather than incidence. Because survival rates vary for different cancers, the analysis may be improved by adjusting mortality figures to reflect the relationship between incidence and mortality. • Epidemiologic studies, by their nature, are limited in the extent to which they can control for effects due to exposures from other agents. In some cases, the agent can have discernible interactive effects with another agent, making it possible to estimate the contribution of each agent as a risk factor for the effects of the other. For example, competing risks in a study population can limit the observed occurrence of cancer, while additive effects may lead to an increase occurrence of cancer. In the case of rates not already so adjusted, the analysis can be improved by correcting for competing or additive risks that are not similar in exposed and comparison groups. • Comparison groups that are not free from exposure to the agent can bias the risk estimates toward zero. The analysis can be improved by considering background exposures in the exposed and comparison groups. • The latent period for most cancers implies that exposures immediately preceding the detection of a tumor would be less likely to have contributed to its development and, therefore, may count less in the analysis. Study subjects who were first exposed near the end of the study may not have had adequate time since exposure for cancer to develop; therefore, analysis of their data may be similar to analysis of data for those who were not exposed. However, for carcinogens that act on multiple stages of the carcinogenic process, especially the later stages, all periods of exposure. including recent exposures, may be important. Some study designs can yield only a partial characterization of the overall hazard and therefore risk as, for example, in studies that: (1) investigate only one effect (typical of many casecontrol studies), (2) include only one population segment (e.g., male workers or workers of one socioeconomic class), or (3) include only one lifestage (e.g., childhood leukemia following maternal exposure to contaminated drinking water). To obtain a more complete E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17798 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices characterization that includes risks of other cancers, estimates from these studies can be supplemented with estimates from other studies that investigated other cancers, population segments, or lifestages (see Section 3.5). When several studies are available for dose-response analysis, meta-analysis can provide a systematic approach to weighing positive studies and those studies that do not show positive results, and calculating an overall risk estimate with greater precision. Issues considered include the comparability of studies, heterogeneity across studies, and the potential for a single large study to dominate the analysis. Confidence in a meta-analysis is increased when it considers study quality, including definition of the study population and comparison group, measurement of exposure, potential for exposure misclassification, adequacy of follow-up period, and analysis of confounders (see Section 2.2.1.3). 3.2.2. Toxicodynamic (‘‘Biologically Based’’) Modeling Toxicodynamic modeling can be used when there are sufficient data to ascertain the mode of action (see Section 2.4) and quantitatively support model parameters that represent rates and other quantities associated with the key precursor events of the mode of action. Toxicodynamic modeling is potentially the most comprehensive way to account for the biological processes involved in a response. Such models seek to reflect the sequence of key precursor events that lead to cancer. Toxicodynamic models can contribute to dose-response assessment by revealing and describing nonlinear relationships between internal dose and cancer response. Such models may provide a useful approach for analysis in the range of observation, provided the purpose of the assessment justifies the effort involved. If a new model is developed for a specific agent, extensive data on the agent are important for identifying the form of the model, estimating its parameters, and building confidence in its results. Conformance to the observed tumor incidence data alone does not establish a model’s validity, as a model can be designed with a sufficiently large number of parameters so as to fit any given dataset. Peer review, including both an examination of the scientific basis supporting the model and an independent evaluation of the model’s performance, is an essential part of evaluating the new model. If a standard model already exists for the agent’s mode of action, the model can be adapted for the agent by using VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 agent-specific data to estimate the model’s parameters. An example is the two-stage clonal expansion model developed by Moolgavkar and Knudson (1981) and Chen and Farland (1991). These models continue to be improved as more information becomes available. It is possible for different models to provide equivalent fits to the observed data but to diverge substantially in their projections at lower doses. When model parameters are estimated from tumor incidence data, it is often the case that different combinations of parameter estimates can yield similar results in the observed range. For this reason, critical parameters (e.g., mutation rates and cell birth and death rates) are estimated from laboratory studies and not by curvefitting to tumor incidence data (Portier, 1987). This approach reduces model uncertainty (see Section 3.6) and ensures that the model does not give answers that are biologically unrealistic. This approach also provides a robustness of results, where the results are not likely to change substantially if fitted to slightly different data. Toxicodynamic modeling can provide insight into the relationship between tumors and key precursor events. For example, a model that includes cell proliferation can be used to explore the extent to which small increases in the cell proliferation rate can lead to large lifetime tumor incidences (Gaylor and Zheng, 1996). In this way, toxicodynamic modeling can be used to select and characterize an appropriate precursor response level (see Section 3.2.2, 3.2.5). 3.2.3. Empirical Modeling (‘‘Curve Fitting’’) When a toxicodynamic model is not available or when the purpose of the assessment does not warrant developing such a model, empirical modeling (sometimes called ‘‘curve fitting’’) should be used in the range of observation. A model can be fitted to data on either tumor incidence or a key precursor event. Goodness-of-fit to the experimental observations is not by itself an effective means of discriminating among models that adequately fit the data (OSTP, 1985). Many different curve-fitting models have been developed, and those that fit the observed data reasonably well may lead to several-fold differences in estimated risk at the lower end of the observed range. Another problem occurs when a multitude of alternatives are presented without sufficient context to make a reasoned judgment about the alternatives. This form of model uncertainty reflects primarily the availability of different computer PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 models and not biological information about the agent being assessed or about carcinogenesis in general. In cases where curve-fitting models are used because the data are not adequate to support a toxicodynamic model, there generally would be no biological basis to choose among alternative curvefitting models. However, in situations where there are alternative models with significant biological support, the decisionmaker can be informed by the presentation of these alternatives along with their strengths and uncertainties. Quantitative data on precursors can be used in conjunction with, or in lieu of, data on tumor incidence to extend the dose-response curve to lower doses. Caution is used with rates of molecular events such as mutation or cell proliferation or signal transduction. Such rates can be difficult to relate to cell or tissue changes overall. The timing of observations of these phenomena, as well as the cell type involved, is linked to other precursor events to ensure that the measurement is truly a key event (Section 2.4). For incidence data on either tumors or a precursor, an established empirical procedure is used to provide objectivity and consistency among assessments. The procedure models incidence, corrected for background, as an increasing function of dose. The models are sufficiently flexible in the observed range to fit linear and nonlinear datasets. Additional judgments and perhaps alternative analyses are used when the procedure fails to yield reliable results. For example, when a model’s fit is poor, the highest dose is often omitted in cases where it is judged that the highest dose reflects competing toxicity that is more relevant at high doses than at lower doses. Another example is when there are large differences in survival across dose groups; here, models that includes timeto-tumor or time-to-event information may be useful. For continuous data on key precursor effects, empirical models can be chosen on the basis of the structure of the data. The rationale for the choice of model, the alternatives considered and rejected, and a discussion of model uncertainty are included in the dose-response characterization. 3.2.4. Point of Departure (POD) For each tumor response, a POD from the observed data should be estimated to mark the beginning of extrapolation to lower doses. The POD is an estimated dose (expressed in human-equivalent terms) near the lower end of the observed range without significant extrapolation to lower doses. E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices The POD is used as the starting point for subsequent extrapolations and analyses. For linear extrapolation, the POD is used to calculate a slope factor (see Section 3.3.3), and for nonlinear extrapolation the POD is used in the calculation of a reference dose or reference concentration (see Section 3.3.4). In a risk characterization, the POD is part of the determination of a margin of exposure (see Section 5.4). With appropriate adjustments, it can also be used as the basis for hazard rankings that compare different agents or health effects. The lowest POD is used that is adequately supported by the data. If the POD is above some data points, it can fail to reflect the shape of the doseresponse curve at the lowest doses and can introduce bias into subsequent extrapolations (see Figure 3–1). On the other hand, if the POD is far below all observed data points, it can introduce model uncertainty and parameter uncertainty (see Section 3.6) that increase with the distance between the data and the POD. Use of a POD at the lowest level supported by the data seeks to balance these considerations. It uses information from the model(s) a small distance below the observed range rather than discarding this information and using extrapolation procedures in a range where the model(s) can provide some useful information. Statistical tests involving the ratio of the central estimate and its lower bound (i.e., EDxx/ LEDxx) can be useful for evaluating how well the data support a model’s estimates at a particular response level. (Note that the ability to model at a particular response level is not the same as the study’s ability to identify an increase at that response level as statistically significant.) The POD for extrapolating the relationship to environmental exposure levels of interest, when the latter are outside the range of observed data, is generally the lower 95% confidence limit on the lowest dose level that can be supported for modeling by the data. SAB (1997) suggested that, ‘‘it may be appropriate to emphasize lower statistical bounds in screening analyses and in activities designed to develop an appropriate human exposure value, since such activities require accounting for various types of uncertainties and a lower bound on the central estimate is a scientifically-based approach accounting for the uncertainty in the true value of the ED10 [or central estimate].’’ However, the consensus of the SAB (1997) was that, ‘‘both point estimates and statistical bounds can be useful in different circumstances, and recommended that the Agency routinely VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 calculate and present the point estimate of the ED10 [or central estimate] and the corresponding upper and lower 95% statistical bounds.’’ For example, it may be appropriate to emphasize the central estimate in activities that involve formal uncertainty analysis that are required by OMB Circular A–4 (OMB, 2003) as well as ranking agents as to their carcinogenic hazard. Thus, risk assessors should calculate, to the extent practicable, and present the central estimate and the corresponding upper and lower statistical bounds (such as confidence limits) to inform decisionmakers. When tumor data are used, a POD is obtained from the modeled tumor incidences. Conventional cancer bioassays, with approximately 50 animals per group, generally can support modeling down to an increased incidence of 1–10%; epidemiologic studies, with larger sample sizes, below 1%. Various models commonly used for carcinogens yield similar estimates of the POD at response levels as low as 1% (Krewski and Van Ryzin, 1981; Gaylor et al., 1994). Consequently, response levels at or below 10% can often be used as the POD. As a modeling convention, the lower bound on the doses associated with standard response levels of 1, 5, and 10% can be analyzed, presented, and considered. For making comparisons at doses within the observed range, the ED10 and LED10 are also reported and can be used, with appropriate adjustments, in hazard rankings that compare different agents or health effects (U.S. EPA, 2002c). A no-observed-adverse-effect level (NOAEL) generally is not used for assessing the potential for carcinogenic response when one or more models can be fitted to the data. When good quality precursor data are available and are clearly tied to the mode of action of the compound of interest, models that include both tumors and their precursors may be advantageous for deriving a POD. Such models can provide insight into quantitative relationships between tumors and precursors (see Section 3.2.2), possibly suggesting the precursor response level that is associated with a particular tumor response level. The goal is to use precursor data to extend the observed range below what can be observed in tumor studies. EPA is continuing to examine this issue and anticipates that findings and conclusions may result in supplemental guidance to these cancer guidelines. If the precursor data are drawn from small samples or if the quantitative relationship between tumors and precursors is not well defined, then the PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17799 tumor data will provide a more reliable POD. Precursor effects may or may not be biologically adverse in themselves; the intent is to consider not only tumors but also damage that can lead to subsequent tumor development by the agent. Analysis of continuous data may differ from discrete data; Murrell et al. (1998) discuss alternative approaches to deriving a POD from continuous data. 3.2.5. Characterizing the POD: The POD Narrative As a single-point summary of a single dose-response curve, the POD alone does not convey all the critical information present in the data from which it is derived. To convey a measure of uncertainty, the POD should be presented as a central estimate with upper and lower bounds. A POD narrative summarizes other important features of the database and the POD that are important to account for in lowdose extrapolations or other analyses. (a) Nature of the response. Is the POD based on tumors or a precursor? If on tumors, does the POD measure incidence or mortality? Is it a lifetime measure or was the study terminated early? The relationships between precursors and tumors, incidence and mortality, and lifetime and earlytermination results vary from case to case. Modeling can provide quantitative insight into these relationships, for example, linking a change in a precursor response to a tumor incidence (see Section 3.2.2). This can aid in evaluating the significance of the response at the POD and adjusting different PODs to make them comparable. (b) Level of the response. What level of response is associated with the POD, for example, 1% cancer risk, 10% cancer risk, or 10% change in a precursor measure? (c) Nature of the study population. Is the POD based on humans or animals? How large is the effective sample size? Is the study group representative of the general population, of healthy adult workers, or of a susceptible group? Are both sexes represented? Did exposure occur during a susceptible lifestage? (d) Slope of the dose-response curve at the POD. How does response change as dose is reduced below the POD? A steep slope indicates that risk decreases rapidly as dose decreases. On the other hand, a steep slope also indicates that errors in an exposure assessment can lead to large errors in estimating risk. Both aspects of the slope are important. The slope also indicates whether doseresponse curves for different effects are likely to cross below the POD. For example, in the ED01 study where 2- E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17800 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices acetylaminofluorene caused bladder carcinomas and liver carcinomas in mice (Littlefield et al., 1980), the doseresponse curves for these tumors cross between 10% and 1% response (see Figure 3–2). This crossing, which can be inferred from the slopes of the curves at a 10% response, shows how considering the slope can lead to better inferences about the predominant effects expected at lower doses. Mode of action data can also be useful; quantitative information about key precursor events can be used to describe how risk decreases as dose decreases below the POD. (e) Relationship of the POD with other cancers. How does the POD for this cancer relate to PODs for other cancers observed in the database? For example, a POD based on male workers would not reflect the implications of mammary tumors in female rats or mice. (f) Extent of the overall cancer database. Have potential cancer responses been adequately studied (e.g., were all tissues examined), or is the database limited to particular effects, population segments, or lifestages? Do the mode of action data suggest a potential for cancers not observed in the database (e.g., disruption of particular endocrine pathways leading to related cancers)? 3.2.6. Relative Potency Factors Relative potency factors (of which toxicity equivalence factors are a special case) can be used for a well-defined class of agents that operate through a common mode of action for the same toxic endpoint. A complete doseresponse assessment is conducted for one well-studied member of the class that serves as the index chemical for the class. The other members of the class are tied to the index chemical by relative potency factors that are based on characteristics such as relative toxicological outcomes, relative metabolic rates, relative absorption rates, quantitative SARs, or receptor binding characteristics (U.S. EPA, 2000c). Examples of this approach are the toxicity equivalence factors for dioxin-like compounds and the relative potency factors for some carcinogenic polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. Whenever practicable, toxicity equivalence factors should be validated and accompanied by quantitative uncertainty analysis. 3.3. Extrapolation to Lower Doses The purpose of low-dose extrapolation is to provide as much information as possible about risk in the range of doses below the observed data. The most versatile forms of low-dose extrapolation are dose-response models VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 that characterize risk as a probability over a range of environmental exposure levels. These risk probabilities allow estimates of the risk reduction under different decision options and estimates of the risk remaining after an action is taken and provide the risk information needed for benefit-cost analyses of different decision options. When a dose-response model is not developed for lower doses, another form of low-dose extrapolation is a safety assessment that characterizes the safety of one lower dose, with no explicit characterization of risks above or below that dose. Although this type of extrapolation may be adequate for evaluation of some decision options, it may not be adequate for other purposes (e.g., benefit-cost analyses) that require a quantitative characterization of risks across a range of doses. At this time, safety assessment is the default approach for tumors that arise through a nonlinear mode of action; however, EPA continues to explore methods for quantifying dose-response relationships over a range of environmental exposure levels for tumors that arise through a nonlinear mode of action (U.S. EPA, 2002c). EPA program offices that need this more explicit dose-response information may develop and apply methods that are informed by the methods described in these cancer guidelines. 3.3.1. Choosing an Extrapolation Approach The approach for extrapolation below the observed data considers the understanding of the agent’s mode of action at each tumor site (see Section 2.4). Mode of action information can suggest the likely shape of the doseresponse curve at lower doses. The extent of inter-individual variation is also considered, with greater variation spreading the response over a wider range of doses. Linear extrapolation should be used when there are MOA data to indicate that the dose-response curve is expected to have a linear component below the POD. Agents that are generally considered to be linear in this region include: • Agents that are DNA-reactive and have direct mutagenic activity, or • Agents for which human exposures or body burdens are high and near doses associated with key precursor events in the carcinogenic process, so that background exposures to this and other agents operating through a common mode of action are in the increasing, approximately linear, portion of the dose-response curve. PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 When the weight of evidence evaluation of all available data are insufficient to establish the mode of action for a tumor site and when scientifically plausible based on the available data, linear extrapolation is used as a default approach, because linear extrapolation generally is considered to be a health-protective approach. Nonlinear approaches generally should not be used in cases where the mode of action has not been ascertained. Where alternative approaches with significant biological support are available for the same tumor response and no scientific consensus favors a single approach, an assessment may present results based on more than one approach. A nonlinear approach should be selected when there are sufficient data to ascertain the mode of action and conclude that it is not linear at low doses and the agent does not demonstrate mutagenic or other activity consistent with linearity at low doses. Special attention is important when the data support a nonlinear mode of action but there is also a suggestion of mutagenicity. Depending on the strength of the suggestion of mutagenicity, the assessment may justify a conclusion that mutagenicity is not operative at low doses and focus on a nonlinear approach, or alternatively, the assessment may use both linear and nonlinear approaches. Both linear and nonlinear approaches may be used when there are multiple modes of action. If there are multiple tumor sites, one with a linear and another with a nonlinear mode of action, then the corresponding approach is used at each site. If there are multiple modes of action at a single tumor site, one linear and another nonlinear, then both approaches are used to decouple and consider the respective contributions of each mode of action in different dose ranges. For example, an agent can act predominantly through cytotoxicity at high doses and through mutagenicity at lower doses where cytotoxicity does not occur. Modeling to a low response level can be useful for estimating the response at doses where the high-dose mode of action would be less important. 3.3.2. Extrapolation Using a Toxicodynamic Model The preferred approach is to develop a toxicodynamic model of the agent’s mode of action and use that model for extrapolation to lower doses (see Section 3.2.2). The extent of extrapolation is governed by an analysis of model uncertainty, where alternative models that fit similarly in the observed E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices range can diverge below that range (see Section 3.6). Substantial divergence is likely when model parameters are estimated from tumor incidence data, so that different combinations of parameter estimates yield similar fits in the observed range but have different implications at lower doses. An analysis of model uncertainty can be used to determine the range where extrapolation using the toxicodynamic model is supported and where further extrapolation would be based on either a linear or a nonlinear default, as appropriate (see Sections 3.3.3, 3.3.4). 3.3.3. Extrapolation Using a Low-Dose, Linear Model Linear extrapolation should be used in two distinct circumstances: (1) When there are data to indicate that the doseresponse curve has a linear component below the POD, or (2) as a default for a tumor site where the mode of action is not established (see Section 3.3.1). For linear extrapolation, a line should be drawn from the POD to the origin, corrected for background. This implies a proportional (linear) relationship between risk and dose at low doses. (Note that the dose-response curve generally is not linear at higher doses.) The slope of this line, known as the slope factor, is an upper-bound estimate of risk per increment of dose that can be used to estimate risk probabilities for different exposure levels. The slope factor is equal to 0.01/LED01 if the LED01 is used as the POD. Unit risk estimates express the slope in terms of µg/L drinking water or µg/ m3 or ppm air. In general, the drinking water unit risk is derived by converting a slope factor from units of mg/kg-d to units of µg/L, whereas an inhalation unit risk is developed directly from a dose-response analysis using equivalent human concentrations already expressed in units of µg/m3. Unit risk estimates often assume a standard intake rate (L/day drinking water or m3/ day air) and body weight (kg), which may need to be reconciled with the exposure factors for the population of interest in an exposure assessment (see Section 4.4). Alternatively, when the slope factor for inhalation is in units of ppm, it may sometimes be termed the inhalation unit risk. Although unit risks have not been calculated in the past for dermal exposures, both exposures that are absorbed into the systemic circulation and those that remain in contact with the skin are also important. Risk-specific doses are derived from the slope factor or unit risk to estimate the dose associated with a specific risk level, for example, a one-in-a-million increased lifetime risk. VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 3.3.4. Nonlinear Extrapolation to Lower Doses A nonlinear extrapolation method can be used for cases with sufficient data to ascertain the mode of action and to conclude that it is not linear at low doses but with not enough data to support a toxicodynamic model that may be either nonlinear or linear at low doses. Nonlinear extrapolation having a significant biological support may be presented in addition to a linear approach when the available data and a weight of evidence evaluation support a nonlinear approach, but the data are not strong enough to ascertain the mode of action applying the Agency’s mode of action framework. If the mode of action and other information can support chemical-specific modeling at low doses, it is preferable to default procedures. For cases where the tumors arise through a nonlinear mode of action, an oral reference dose or an inhalation reference concentration, or both, should be developed in accordance with EPA’s established practice for developing such values, taking into consideration the factors summarized in the characterization of the POD (see Section 3.2.5). This approach expands the past focus of such reference values (previously reserved for effects other than cancer) to include carcinogenic effects determined to have a nonlinear mode of action. As with other health effects of concern, it is important to put cancer in perspective with the overall health impact of an exposure by comparing reference value calculations for cancer with those for other health effects. For effects other than cancer, reference values have been described as being based on the assumption of biological thresholds. The Agency’s more current guidelines for these effects (U.S. EPA, 1996a, 1998b), however, do not use this assumption, citing the difficulty of empirically distinguishing a true threshold from a dose-response curve that is nonlinear at low doses. Economic and policy analysts need to know how the probability of cancer varies at exposures above the reference value and whether, and to what extent, there are health benefits from reducing exposures below the reference value. The risk assessment community is working to develop better methods to provide more useful information to economic and policy analysts. 3.3.5. Comparing and Combining Multiple Extrapolations When multiple estimates can be developed, all datasets should be PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17801 considered and a judgment made about how best to represent the human cancer risk. Some options for presenting results include: • Adding risk estimates derived from different tumor sites (NRC, 1994), • Combining data from different datasets in a joint analysis (Putzrath and Ginevan, 1991; Stiteler et al., 1993; Vater et al., 1993), • Combining responses that operate through a common mode of action, • Representing the overall response in each experiment by counting animals with any tumor showing a statistically significant increase, • Presenting a range of results from multiple datasets (in this case, the doseresponse assessment includes guidance on how to choose an appropriate value from the range), • Choosing a single dataset if it can be justified as most representative of the overall response in humans, or • A combination of these options. Cross-comparison of estimates from human and animal studies can provide a valuable risk perspective. • Calculating an animal-derived slope factor and using it to estimate the risk expected in a human study can provide information with which to evaluate the human study design, for example, adequacy of exposure level and sample size. • Calculating an upper-bound slope factor from a human study that does not show positive results but that has good exposure information, and comparing it to an animal-derived slope factor can indicate whether the animal and humans studies are consistent. 3.4. Extrapolation to Different Human Exposure Scenarios As described in the previous cancer guidelines, special problems arise when the human exposure situation of concern suggests exposure regimens, e.g., route and dosing schedule, that are substantially different from those used in the relevant animal studies. Unless there is evidence to the contrary in a particular case, the cumulative dose received over a lifetime, expressed as average daily exposure prorated over a lifetime, is recommended as an appropriate measure of exposure to a carcinogen. That is, the assumption is made that a high dose of a carcinogen received over a short period of time is equivalent to a corresponding low dose spread over a lifetime. This approach becomes more problematical as the exposures in question become more intense but less frequent, especially when there is evidence that the agent has shown dose-rate effects (U.S. EPA 1986a). E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17802 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices Accordingly, for lifetime human exposure scenarios that involve intermittent or varying levels of exposure, the prevailing practice has been to assess exposure by calculating a lifetime average daily exposure or dose (U.S. EPA, 1992a). For less-than-lifetime human exposure scenarios, too, the lifetime average daily exposure or dose has often been used. The use of these lifetime average exposure metrics was adopted with low-dose linear cancer assessments in mind. The lifetime averaging implies that less-than-lifetime exposure is associated with a linearly proportional reduction of the lifetime risk, regardless of when exposures occur. Such averaging may be problematic in some situations. This can be illustrated using both the multistage model and the twostage clonal expansion model that predict that short-duration risks are not necessarily proportional to exposure duration and can depend on the nature of the carcinogen and the timing of exposure (Goddard et al., 1995; Murdoch et al., 1992). These examples indicate some circumstances in which use of a lifetime average daily dose (LADD) would underestimate cancer risk by two-to fivefold, and others in which it might overestimate risk (Murdoch et al., 1992). Thus, averaging over the duration of a lifestage or a critical window of exposure may be appropriate. As methodological research focuses on new approaches for estimating risks from less-than-lifetime exposures, methods and defaults can be expected to change. This highlights the importance for each dose-response assessment to critically evaluate all information pertaining to less-than-lifetime exposure. For example, detailed stopexposure studies can provide information about the relationship between exposure duration, precursor effects, potential for reversibility, and tumor development. Toxicokinetic modeling can investigate differences in internal dose between short-term and long-term exposure or between intermittent and constant exposure. Persistence in the body can be useful in explaining long-term effects resulting from shorter-term exposures. For nonlinear cancer analyses, it may be appropriate to assess exposure by calculating a daily dose that is averaged over the exposure duration for the study (see Section 3.1.1). For example, when the analysis is based on precursor effects that result from less than a lifetime exposure, that exposure period may be used. This reflects an expectation that the precursor effects on which the analysis is based can result VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 from less-than-lifetime exposure, bringing consistency to the methods used for dose-response assessment and exposure assessment in such cases. The dose-response assessment can provide a recommendation to exposure assessors about the averaging time that is appropriate to the mode of action and to the exposure duration of the scenario. 3.5. Extrapolation to Susceptible Populations and Lifestages The dose-response assessment strives to derive separate estimates for susceptible populations and lifestages so that these risks can be explicitly characterized. For a susceptible population, higher risks can be expected from exposures anytime during life, but this applies to only a portion of the general population (e.g., those bearing a particular genetic susceptibility). In contrast, for a susceptible lifestage, higher risks can be expected from exposures during only a portion of a lifetime, but everyone in the population may pass through those lifestages. Effects of exposures during a susceptible period are not equivalent to effects of exposures at other times; consequently, it is useful to estimate the risk attributable to exposures during each period. Depending on the data available, a tiered approach should be used to address susceptible populations and lifestages. • When there is an epidemiologic study or an animal bioassay that reports quantitative results for susceptible individuals, the data should be analyzed to provide a separate risk estimate for those who are susceptible. If susceptibility pertains to a lifestage, it is useful to characterize the portion of the lifetime risk that can be attributed to the susceptible lifestage. • When there are data on some riskrelated parameters that allow comparison of the general population and susceptible individuals, the data should be analyzed with an eye toward adjusting the general population estimate for susceptible individuals. This analysis can range from toxicokinetic modeling that uses parameter values representative of susceptible individuals to more simply adjusting a general population estimate to reflect differences in important rategoverning parameters. Care is taken to not make parameter adjustments in isolation, as the appropriate adjustment can depend on the interactions of several parameters; for example, the ratio of metabolic activation and clearance rates can be more appropriate than the activation rate alone (U.S. EPA, 1992b). PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 • In the absence of such agentspecific data, there is some general information to indicate that childhood can be a susceptible lifestage for exposure to some carcinogens (U.S. EPA, 2005); this warrants explicit consideration in each assessment. The potential for susceptibility from earlylife exposure is expected to vary among specific agents and chemical classes. In addition, the concern that the doseaveraging generally used for assessing less-than-lifetime exposure is more likely to understate than overstate risk (see Section 3.4) contributes to the suggestion that alternative approaches be considered for assessing risks from less-than-lifetime exposure that occurs during childhood. Accompanying these cancer guidelines is the Supplemental Guidance that the Agency will use to assess risks from early-life exposure to potential carcinogens (U.S. EPA, 2005). The Supplemental Guidance may be updated to reflect new data and new understanding that may become available in the future. 3.6. Uncertainty The NRC (1983, 1994, 1996, 2002) has repeatedly advised that proper characterization of uncertainty is essential in risk assessment. An assessment that omits or underestimates uncertainty can leave decisionmakers with a false sense of confidence in estimates of risk. On the other hand, a high level of uncertainty does not imply that a risk assessment or a risk management action should be delayed (NRC, 2002). Uncertainty in doseresponse assessment can be classified as either model uncertainty or parameter uncertainty. A related concept, human variation, is discussed below. Assessments should discuss the significant uncertainties encountered in the analysis, distinguishing, if possible, between model uncertainty, parameter uncertainty, and human variation. Origins of these uncertainties can span a range, from a single causal thread supported by sparse data, to abundant information that presents multiple possible conclusions or that does not coalesce. As described in Section 2.6 and in Section 5.1, all contributing features should be noted. Model uncertainty refers to a lack of knowledge needed to determine which is the correct scientific theory on which to base a model. In risk assessment, model uncertainty is reflected in alternative choices for model structure, dose metrics, and extrapolation approaches. Other sources of model uncertainty concern whether surrogate data are appropriate, for example, using data on adults to make inferences about E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices children. The full extent of model uncertainty usually cannot be quantified; a partial characterization can be obtained by comparing the results of alternative models. Model uncertainty is expressed through comparison of separate analyses from each model, coupled with a subjective probability statement, where feasible and appropriate, of the likelihood that each model might be correct (NRC, 1994). Some aspects of model uncertainty that should be addressed in an assessment include the use of animal models as a surrogate for humans, the influence of cross-species differences in metabolism and physiology, the use of effects observed at high doses as an indicator of the potential for effects at lower doses, the effect of using linear or nonlinear extrapolation to estimate risks, the use of using small samples and subgroups to make inferences about entire human populations or subpopulations with differential susceptibilities, and the use of experimental exposure regimens to make inferences about different human exposure scenarios (NRC, 2002). Toxicokinetic and toxicodynamic models are generally premised on site concordance across species, modeling, for example, the relationship between administered dose and liver tissue concentrations to predict increased incidences of liver cancer. This relationship, which can be observed in animals, is typically only inferred for humans. There are, however, numerous examples of an agent causing different cancers in different species. The assessment should discuss the relevant data that bear on this form of model uncertainty. Parameter uncertainty refers to a lack of knowledge about the values of a model’s parameters. This leads to a distribution of values for each parameter. Common sources of parameter uncertainty include random measurement errors, systematic measurement errors, use of surrogate data instead of direct measurements, misclassification of exposure status, random sampling errors, and use of an unrepresentative sample. Most types of parameter uncertainty can be quantified by statistical analysis. Human variation refers to person-toperson differences in biological susceptibility or in exposure. Although both human variation and uncertainty can be characterized as ranges or distributions, they are fundamentally different concepts. Uncertainty can be reduced by further research that supports a model or improves a parameter estimate, but human variation is a reality that can be better VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 characterized, but not reduced, by further research. Fields other than risk assessment use ‘‘variation’’ or ‘‘variability’’ to mean dispersion about a central value, including measurement errors and other random errors that risk assessors address as uncertainty. Probabilistic risk assessment, informed by expert judgment, has been used in exposure assessment to estimate human variation and uncertainty in lifetime average daily exposure concentration or dose. Probabilistic methods can be used in this exposure assessment application because the pertinent variables (for example, concentration, intake rate, exposure duration, and body weight) have been identified, their distributions can be observed, and the formula for combining the variables to estimate the lifetime average daily dose is well defined (see U.S. EPA, 1992a). Similarly, probabilistic methods can be applied in dose-response assessment when there is an understanding of the important parameters and their relationships, such as identification of the key determinants of human variation (for example, metabolic polymorphisms, hormone levels, and cell replication rates), observation of the distributions of these variables, and valid models for combining these variables. With appropriate data and expert judgment, formal approaches to probabilistic risk assessment can be applied to provide insight into the overall extent and dominant sources of human variation and uncertainty. In doing this, it is important to note that analyses that omit or underestimate some principal sources of variation or uncertainty could provide a misleadingly narrow description of the true extent of variation and uncertainty and give decisionmakers a false sense of confidence in estimates of risk. Specification of joint probability distributions is appropriate when variables are not independent of each other. In each case, the assessment should carefully consider the questions of uncertainty and human variation and discuss the extent to which there are data to address them. Probabilistic risk assessment has also been used in dose-response assessment to determine and distinguish the degree of uncertainty and variability in toxicokinetic and toxicodynamic modeling. Although this field is less advanced that probabilistic exposure assessment, progress is being made and these cancer guidelines are flexible enough to accommodate continuing advances in these approaches. Advances in uncertainty analysis are expected as the field develops. The PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17803 cancer guidelines are intended to be flexible enough to incorporate additional approaches for characterizing uncertainty that have less commonly been used by regulatory agencies. In all scientific and engineering fields, data and research limitations often limit the application of established methods. A dearth of data is a particular problem when quantifying the probability distribution of model outputs. In many of these scientific and engineering disciplines, researchers have used rigorous expert elicitation methods to overcome the lack of peer-reviewed methods and data. Although expert elicitation has not been widely used in environmental risk assessment, several studies have applied this methodology as a tool for understanding quantitative risk. For example, expert elicitation has been used in chemical risk assessment and its associated uncertainty (e.g., Richmond, 1981; Renn, 1999; Florig et al., 2001; Morgan et al., 2001; Willis et al., 2004), components of risk assessment such as hazard assessment and dose-response evaluation (e.g., Hawkins and Graham 1988; Jelovsek et al., 1990; Evans et al., 1994; IEc, 2004; U.S. EPA 2004) and exposure assessment (e.g., Whitfield and Wallsten, 1989; Hawkins and Evans, 1989; Winkler et al., 1995; Stiber et al., 1999; Walker et al., 2001, 2003; Van Der Fels-Klerx et al., 2002), and for evaluating other types of risks (e.g., North and Merkhofer, 1976; Fos and McLin, 1990). These cancer guidelines are flexible enough to accommodate the use of expert elicitation to characterize cancer risks, as a complement to the methods presented in the cancer guidelines. According to NRC (NRC, 2002), the rigorous use of expert elicitation for the analyses of risks is considered to be quality science. 3.7. Dose-Response Characterization A dose-response characterization extracts the dose-response information needed in a full risk characterization (U.S. EPA, 2000b), including: • Presentation of the recommended estimates (slope factors, reference doses, reference concentrations) and alternatives with significant biological support, • A summary of the data supporting these estimates, • A summary and explanation of the modeling approaches used, • A description of any special features such as the development and consolidation of multiple estimates as detailed in Section 3.3.5, • The POD narrative (see Section 3.2.5), E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17804 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices • A summary of the key defaults invoked, • Identification of susceptible populations or lifestages and quantification of their differential susceptibility, and • A discussion of the strengths and limitations of the dose-response assessment, highlighting significant issues in developing risk estimates, alternative approaches considered equally plausible, and how these issues were resolved. All estimates should be accompanied by the weight of evidence descriptor and its narrative (see Section 2.5) to convey a sense of the qualitative uncertainty about whether the agent may or may not be carcinogenic. Slope factors generally represent an upper bound on the average risk in a population or the risk for a randomly selected individual but not the risk for a highly susceptible individual or group. Some individuals face a higher risk and some face a lower risk. The use of upper bounds generally is considered to be a health-protective approach for covering the risk to susceptible VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 individuals, although the calculation of upper bounds is not based on susceptibility data. Similarly, exposure during some lifestages can contribute more or less to the total lifetime risk than do similar exposures at other times. The dose-response assessment characterizes, to the extent possible, the extent of these variations. Depending on the supporting data and modeling approach, a slope factor can have a mix of traits that tend to either estimate, overestimate, or underestimate risk. Some examples of traits that tend to overestimate risk include the following. • The slope factor is derived from data on a highly susceptible animal strain. • Linear extrapolation is used as a default and extends over several orders of magnitude. • The largest of several slope factors is chosen. Some examples of traits that tend to underestimate risk include the following. • Several tumor types were observed, but the slope factor is based on a subset of them. PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 • The study design does not include exposure during a susceptible lifestage, for example, perinatal exposure. • The study population is of lessthan-average susceptibility, for example, healthy adult workers. • There is random exposure misclassification or random exposure measurement error in the study from which the slope factor is derived. Some examples of traits that inherently neither overestimate nor underestimate risk include the following. • The slope factor is derived from data in humans or in an animal strain that responds like humans. • Linear extrapolation is appropriate for the agent’s mode of action. • Environmental exposures are close to the observed data. • Several slope factors for the same tumor are averaged or a slope factor is derived from pooled data from several studies. • The slope factor is derived from the only suitable study. BILLING CODE 6560–50–P E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices 17805 VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 EN07AP05.001</GPH> BILLING CODE 6560–50–C 17806 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices 4. Exposure Assessment Exposure assessment is the determination (qualitative and quantitative) of the magnitude, frequency, and duration of exposure and internal dose (U.S. EPA, 1992a). This section provides a brief overview of exposure assessment principles, with an emphasis on issues related to carcinogenic risk assessment. The information presented here should be used in conjunction with other guidance documents, including Guidelines for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a), Science Policy Council Handbook: Risk Characterization (U.S. EPA, 2000b), Exposure Factors Handbook (U.S. EPA, 1997c), the 1997 Policy for Use of Probabilistic Analysis in Risk Assessments (U.S. EPA, 1997d), and the 1997 Guiding Principles for Monte Carlo Analysis (U.S. EPA, 1997e). In addition, program-specific guidelines for exposure assessment should be consulted. Exposure assessment generally consists of four major steps: defining the assessment questions, selecting or developing the conceptual and mathematical models, collecting data or selecting and evaluating available data, and exposure characterization. Each of these steps is briefly described below. 4.1. Defining the Assessment Questions In providing a clear and unambiguous statement of the purpose and scope of the exposure assessment (U.S. EPA, 1997e), consider the following. • The management objectives of the assessment will determine whether deterministic screening level analyses are adequate or whether full probabilistic exposure characterization is needed. • Identify and include all important sources (e.g., pesticide applications), pathways (e.g., food or water), and routes (e.g., ingestion, inhalation, and dermal) of exposure in the assessment. If a particular source, pathway, or route is omitted, a clear and transparent explanation should be provided. • Separate analyses should be conducted for each definable subgroup within the population of interest. In particular, subpopulations or lifestages that are believed to be highly exposed or susceptible to a particular health effect should be studied. These include people with certain diseases or genetic susceptibilities and others whose behavior or physiology may lead to higher exposure or susceptibility. Consider the following examples: —Physiological differences between men and women (e.g., body weight and inhalation rate) may lead to VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 important differences in exposures. See, for example, the discussion in Exposure Factors Handbook (U.S. EPA, 1997c, Appendix 1A). —Pregnant and lactating women may have exposures that differ from the general population (e.g., slightly higher water consumption) (U.S. EPA, 1997c). Further, exposure to pregnant women may result in exposure to the developing fetus (NRC, 1993b). —Children consume more food per body weight than do adults while consuming fewer types of foods, i.e., have a more limited diet (ILSI, 1992; NRC, 1993b; U.S. EPA, 1997c). In addition, children engage in crawling and mouthing (i.e., putting hands and objects in the mouth) behaviors, which can increase their exposures. —The elderly and disabled may have important differences in their exposures due to a more sedentary lifestyle (U.S. EPA, 1997c). In addition, the health status of this group may affect their susceptibility to the detrimental effects of exposure. For further guidance, see Guidelines for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a, § 3). 4.2. Selecting or Developing the Conceptual and Mathematical Models Carcinogen risk assessment models have generally been based on the premise that risk is proportional to cumulative lifetime dose. For lifetime human exposure scenarios, therefore, the exposure metric used for carcinogenic risk assessment has been the lifetime average daily dose (LADD) or, in the case of inhalation exposure, the lifetime average exposure concentration. These metrics are typically used in conjunction with the corresponding slope factor to calculate individual excess cancer risk. The LADD is typically an estimate of the daily intake of a carcinogenic agent throughout the entire life of an individual, while the lifetime average exposure concentration is the corresponding estimate of average exposure concentration for the carcinogenic agent over the entire life of an individual. Depending on the objectives of the assessment, the LADD or lifetime average exposure concentration may be calculated deterministically (using point estimates for each factor to derive a point estimate of the exposure) or stochastically (using probability distributions to represent each factor and such techniques as Monte Carlo analysis to derive a distribution of the LADD) (U.S. EPA, 1997e). Stochastic analyses may help to identify certain population segments or lifestages that are highly exposed and PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 may need to be assessed as a special subgroup. For further guidance, see Guidelines for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a, § 5.3.5.2 ). As methodological research focuses on new approaches for estimating risks from less-than-lifetime exposures, methods and defaults can be expected to change. There may be cases where the mode of action indicates that dose rates are important in the carcinogenic process. In these cases, short-term, less-thanlifetime exposure estimates may be more appropriate than the LADD for risk assessment. This may be the case when a nonlinear dose-response approach is used (see Section 3.3.4). 4.3. Collecting Data or Selecting and Evaluating Available Data After the assessment questions have been defined and the conceptual and mathematical models have been developed, it is important to compile and evaluate existing data or, if necessary, to collect new data. Depending on the exposure scenario under consideration, data on a wide variety of exposure factors may be needed. EPA’s Exposure Factors Handbook (U.S. EPA, 1997c) contains a large compilation of exposure data, with some analysis and recommendations. Some of these data are organized by age groups to assist with assessing such subgroups as children. See, for example, Exposure Factors Handbook (U.S. EPA, 1997c, Volume 1, Chapter 3). When using these existing data, it is important to evaluate the quality of the data and the extent to which the data are representative of the population under consideration. EPA’s (U.S. EPA, 2000d) and OMB’s (OMB 2002) guidance on information quality, as well as programspecific guidances can provide further assistance for evaluating existing data. When existing data fail to provide an adequate surrogate for the needs of a particular assessment, it is important to collect new data. Such data collection efforts should be guided by the references listed above (e.g., Guidance for Data Quality Assessment and program-specific guidance). Once again, subpopulations or lifestages of concern are an important consideration in any data collection effort. 4.3.1. Adjusting Unit Risks for Highly Exposed Populations and Lifestages Unit risk estimates that have been developed in the dose-response assessment often assumed standard adult intake rates. When an exposure assessment focuses on a population or lifestage with differential exposure, good exposure assessment practice would replace the standard intake rates E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices with values representative of the exposed population. Small changes in exposure assessments can be approximated by using linearly proportional adjustments of exposure parameters, but a more accurate integrative analysis may require an analysis stratified by exposure duration (see Section 5.1). For example, to adjust the drinking water unit risk for an active population that drinks 4 L/day (instead of 2 L/day), multiply the unit risk by 2. Because children drink more water relative to their body weight than do adults (U.S. EPA, 2002d), adjustments to unit risk estimates are warranted whenever they are applied in an assessment of childhood exposure. For example, to adjust the drinking water unit risk for a 9-kg infant who drinks 1 L/ day (instead of a 70-kg adult who drinks 2 L/day), multiply the unit risk by [(1 L/day) / (9 kg)] / [(2 L/day) / (70 kg)] = 3.9. Inhalation dosimetry is employed to derive the human equivalent exposure concentrations on which inhalation unit risks, and reference concentrations, are based (U.S. EPA, 1994). As described previously (see Sections 3.1.2, 3.1.3), different dosimetry methods may be employed depending on the availability of relevant data and chemical-specific characteristics of the pollutant. Consideration of lifestage-particular physiological characteristics in the dosimetry analysis may result in a refinement to the human equivalent concentration (HEC) to insure relevance in risk assessment across lifestages, or might conceivably conclude with multiple HECs, and corresponding inhalation unit risk values (e.g., separate for childhood and adulthood). The dose-response assessment discusses the key sources of uncertainty in estimating dosimetry, including any related to lifestage. Review of this discussion and of the dosimetric analysis performed in deriving the HEC and resultant unit risk will assist in the appropriate application of inhalation unit risk values to exposure across lifestages. 4.4. Exposure Characterization The exposure characterization is a technical characterization that presents the assessment results and supports the risk characterization. It provides a statement of the purpose, scope, and approach used in the assessment, identifying the exposure scenarios and population subgroups covered. It provides estimates of the magnitude, frequency, duration, and distribution of exposures among members of the exposed population as the data permit. VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 It identifies and compares the contribution of different sources, pathways, and routes of exposure. In particular, a qualitative discussion of the strengths and limitations (uncertainties) of the data and models are presented. The discussion of uncertainties is a critical component of the exposure characterization. Uncertainties can arise out of problems with the conceptual and mathematical models. Uncertainties can also arise from poor data quality and data that are not quite representative of the population or scenario of interest. Consider the following examples of uncertainties. • National data (i.e., data collected to represent the entire U.S. population) may not be representative of exposures occurring within a regional or local population. • Use of short-term data to infer chronic, lifetime exposures should be done with caution. Use of short-term data to estimate long-term exposures has the tendency to underestimate the number of people exposed while overestimating the exposure levels experienced by those in the upper end (i.e., above the 90th percentile) of the exposure distribution. For further guidance, refer to Guidelines for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a, § 5.3.1). • Children’s behavior, including their more limited diet, may lead to relatively high but intermittent exposures. This pattern of exposure, ‘‘one that gradually declines over the developmental period and which remains relatively constant thereafter’’ is not accounted for in the LADD model (ILSI, 1992). Further, the physiological characteristics of children may lead to important differences in exposure. Some of these differences can be accounted for in the LADD model. For further guidance, see Guidelines for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a, § 5.3.5.2). Overall, the exposure characterization should provide a full description of the sources, pathways, and routes of exposure. The characterization also should include a full description of the populations assessed. In particular, highly exposed or susceptible subpopulation or lifestage should be discussed. For further guidance on the exposure characterization, consult Guidelines for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 1992a), the Policy and Guidance for Risk Characterization (U.S. EPA, 2000b,1995) and EPA’s Rule Writer’s Guide to Executive Order 13045 (especially Attachment C: Technical Support for Risk Assessors— Suggestions for Characterizing Risks to Children [U.S. EPA, 1998d]). PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17807 5. Risk Characterization 5.1. Purpose EPA has developed general guidance on risk characterization for use in its risk assessment activities. The core of EPA’s risk characterization policy (U.S. EPA, 2000b, 1995) includes the following. Each risk assessment prepared in support of decision making at EPA should include a risk characterization that follows the principles and reflects the values outlined in this policy. A risk characterization should be prepared in a manner that is clear, transparent, reasonable, and consistent with other risk characterizations of similar scope prepared across programs in the Agency. Further, discussion of risk in all EPA reports, presentations, decision packages, and other documents should be substantively consistent with the risk characterization. The nature of the risk characterization will depend upon the information available, the regulatory application of the risk information, and the resources (including time) available. In all cases, however, the assessment should identify and discuss all the major issues associated with determining the nature and extent of the risk and provide commentary on any constraints limiting fuller exposition. Risk characterization should be carried out in accordance with the EPA (U.S. EPA, 2002a) and OMB (2002) information quality guidelines. EPA’s risk characterization handbook (U.S. EPA, 2000b) provides detailed guidance to Agency staff. The discussion below does not attempt to duplicate this material, but it summarizes its applicability to carcinogen risk assessment. The risk characterization includes a summary for the risk manager in a nontechnical discussion that minimizes the use of technical terms. It is an appraisal of the science that informs the risk manager in public health decisions, as do other decision-making analyses of economic, social, or technology issues. It also serves the needs of other interested readers. The summary is an information resource for preparing risk communication information, but being somewhat more technical than desired for communication with the general public, is not itself the usual vehicle for communication with every audience. The risk characterization also brings together the assessments of hazard, dose response, and exposure to make risk estimates for the exposure scenarios of interest. This analysis that follows the summary is generally much more extensive. It typically will identify exposure scenarios of interest in decision making and present risk analyses associated with them. Some of the analyses may concern scenarios in E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17808 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices several media; others may examine, for example, only drinking water risks. As these cancer guidelines allow different hazard characterizations and different potencies for specified conditions, e.g., exposure level, route of exposure, or lifestage, some of the integrative analyses may need to be stratified to accommodate the appropriate combinations of parameters across relevant exposure durations. In constructing high end estimates of risk, the assessor should bear in mind that the high-end risk is a plausible estimate of the risk for those persons at the upper end of the risk distribution (U.S. EPA, 1992a). The intent of this approach is to convey an estimate of risk in the upper range of the distribution, but to avoid estimates that are beyond the true distribution. Overly conservative assumptions, when combined, can lead to unrealistic estimates of risk. This means that when constructing estimates from a series of factors (e.g., emissions, exposure, and unit risk estimates) not all factors should be set to values that maximize exposure, dose, or effect, since this will almost always lead to an estimate that is above the 99th-percentile confidence level and may be of limited use to decisionmakers. This is particularly problematic when using unbounded lognormal factor distributions. While it is an appropriate aim to assure protection of health and the environment in the face of scientific uncertainty, common sense, reasonable applications of assumptions and policy, and transparency are essential to avoid unrealistically high estimates. It is also important to inform risk managers of the final distribution of risk estimates (U.S. EPA, 2000b; 1995). Otherwise, risk management decisions may be made on varying levels of conservatism, leading to misplaced risk priorities and potentially higher overall risks. (Nichols and Zeckhauser,1986; Zeckhauser and Viscusi,1990). The risk characterization presents an integrated and balanced picture of the analysis of the hazard, dose-response, and exposure. The risk analyst should provide summaries of the evidence and results and describe the quality of available data and the degree of confidence to be placed in the risk estimates. Important features include the constraints of available data and the state of knowledge, significant scientific issues, and significant science and science policy choices that were made when alternative interpretations of data exist (U.S. EPA, 1995, 2000b). Choices made about using data or default options in the assessment are explicitly discussed in the course of analysis, and VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 if a choice is a significant issue, it is highlighted in the summary. In situations where there are alternative approaches for a risk assessment that have significant biological support, the decisionmaker can be informed by the presentation of these alternatives along with their strengths and uncertainties. 5.2. Application Risk characterization is a necessary part of generating any Agency report on risk, whether the report is preliminary— to support allocation of resources toward further study—or comprehensive—to support regulatory decisions. In the former case, the detail and sophistication of the characterization are appropriately small in scale; in the latter case, appropriately extensive. Even if a document covers only parts of a risk assessment (hazard and dose-response analyses, for instance), the results of these are characterized. Risk assessment is an iterative process that grows in depth and scope in stages from screening for priority making to preliminary estimation to fuller examination in support of complex regulatory decision making. Default options may be used at any stage, but they are predominant at screening stages and are used less as more data are gathered and incorporated at later stages. Various provisions in EPAadministered statutes require decisions based on differing findings for which differing degrees of analysis are appropriate. There are close to 30 provisions within the major statutes that require decisions based on risk, hazard, or exposure assessment. For example, Agency review of pre-manufacture notices under Section 5 of the Toxic Substances Control Act relies on screening analyses, whereas requirements for industry testing under Section 4 of that Act rely on preliminary analyses of risk or simply of exposure. In comparison, air quality criteria under the Clean Air Act rest on a rich data collection and are required by statute to undergo periodic reassessment. There are provisions that require ranking of hazards of numerous pollutants—which may be addressed through a screening level of analysis—and other provisions for which a full assessment of risk is more appropriate. Given this range in the scope and depth of analyses, not all risk characterizations can or should be equal in coverage or depth. The risk assessor should carefully decide which issues in a particular assessment are important to present, choosing those that are noteworthy in their impact on results. For example, health effect assessments PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 typically rely on animal data because human data are rarely available. The objective of characterization of the use of animal data is not to recount generic issues about interpreting and using animal data; Agency guidance documents cover these issues. Rather, the objective is to highlight any significant issues that arose within the particular assessment being characterized and inform the reader about significant uncertainties that affect conclusions. 5.3. Presentation of the Risk Characterization Summary The presentation is a nontechnical discussion of important conclusions, issues, and uncertainties that uses the hazard, dose response, exposure, and integrative analyses for technical support. The primary technical supports within the risk assessment are the hazard characterization, dose-response characterization, and exposure characterization described in these cancer guidelines. The risk characterization is derived from these. The presentation should fulfill the aims outlined in the purpose section above. 5.4. Content of the Risk Characterization Summary Specific guidance on hazard, doseresponse, and exposure characterization appears in previous sections. Overall, the risk characterization routinely includes the following, capturing the important items covered in hazard, dose response, and exposure characterization: • Primary conclusions about hazard, dose response, and exposure, including alternatives with significant biological support; • Nature of key supporting information and analytic methods; • Risk estimates and their attendant uncertainties, including key uses of default options when data are missing or uncertain. —With linear extrapolations, risk below the POD is typically approximated by multiplying the slope factor by an estimate of exposure, i.e., Risk = Slope Factor × Exposure. For exposure levels above the POD, the doseresponse model is used instead of this approximation. —With nonlinear extrapolations, the method of risk assessment depends on the procedure used. If a nonlinear dose-response function has been determined, it can be used with the expected exposure to estimate a risk. If an RfD or RfC was calculated, the hazard can be expressed as a hazard quotient (HQ), defined as the ratio of an exposure estimate over the E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices reference dose (RfD) or reference concentration (RfC), i.e., HQ = Exposure / (RfD or RfC). From the hazard quotient, it can generally be inferred whether the nonlinear mode of action is relevant at the environmental exposure level in question; • Statement of the extent of extrapolation of risk estimates from observed data to exposure levels of interest and its implications for certainty or uncertainty in quantifying risk. The extent of extrapolation can be expressed as a margin of exposure (MOE), defined as the ratio of the POD over an exposure estimate (MOE = POD / Exposure); • Significant strengths and limitations of the data and analyses, including any major peer review issues; • Appropriate comparison with similar EPA risk analyses or common risks with which people may be familiar; and • Comparison with all appropriate assessments of the same problem by others. It is often difficult to know a priori when or how different results of a cancer risk assessment are likely to be used by Agency economists, policy analysts, and decisionmakers, so it is important that the resulting characterizations include the necessary information for these analyses to the extent practicable. OMB and EPA guidelines for benefit-cost analysis require expected or central estimates of risk and information on the uncertainty of the estimate when it is possible or practicable. The extent of the uncertainty information needed for analysis depends, in part, on the scale of the policy being considered, with formal quantitative analysis of uncertainty being required in some cases.6 OMB Circular A–4 (OMB, 2003) emphasizes that agencies ‘‘should try to provide some estimate of the probability distribution of regulatory benefits and costs.’’ These OMB guidelines note, ‘‘Whenever it is possible to characterize quantitatively the probability distribution, some estimates of expected value * * * must be provided in addition to ranges, variances, specified low-end and high-end percentile estimates, and other characteristics of the distribution.’’ The risk characterization should therefore 6 Specifically, OMB guidelines state: ‘‘For rules that exceed the $1 billion annual [economic effects] threshold, a formal quantitative analysis of uncertainty is required. For rules with annual benefits and/or costs in the range from 100 million to $1 billion, you should seek to use more rigorous approaches with higher consequence rules.’’ (OMB, 2003, page 158) VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 include, where practicable, expected or central estimates of risk, as well as upper and lower bounds, e.g., confidence limits, based on the POD, if not a full characterization of uncertainty of the risk. As discussed in EPA’s Guidelines for Ensuring and Maximizing the Quality, Objectivity, Utility, and Integrity of Information Disseminated by the Environmental Protection Agency (Appendix B), statutory mandates, such as the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Food Quality Protection Act, and the Clean Air Act, call for the Agency to generate specific kinds of risk information, and thus these updated cancer assessment guidelines should be read in conjunction with the Agency’s statutory mandates regarding risk assessment. Appendix A: Major Default Options This discussion covers the major default options commonly employed when data are missing or sufficiently uncertain in a cancer risk assessment, as adopted in these cancer guidelines. These options are predominantly inferences that help use the data observed under empirical conditions in order to estimate events and outcomes under environmental conditions. Several inferential issues arise when effects seen in a subpopulation of humans or animals are used to infer potential effects in the population of environmentally exposed humans. Several more inferential issues arise in extrapolating the exposure-effect relationship observed empirically to lower-exposure environmental conditions. The following issues cover the major default areas. • Is the presence or absence of effects observed in a human population predictive of effects in another exposed human population? • Is the presence or absence of effects observed in an animal population predictive of effects in exposed humans? • How do metabolic pathways relate across species and among different age groups and between sexes in humans? • How do toxicokinetic processes relate across species and among different age groups and between sexes in humans? • What is the relationship between the observed dose-response relationship to the relationship at lower doses? Is the Presence or Absence of Effects Observed in a Human Population Predictive of Effects in Another Exposed Human Population? When cancer effects in exposed humans are attributed to exposure to an agent, the default option is that the PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17809 resulting data are predictive of cancer in any other exposed human population. Most studies investigating cancer outcomes in humans from exposure to agents are often studies of occupationally exposed humans. By sex, age, and general health, workers may not be representative of the general population exposed environmentally to the same agents. In such studies there is no opportunity to observe subpopulations who are likely to be under represented, such as fetuses, infants and children, women, or people in poor health, who may respond differently from healthy workers. Therefore, it is understood that this option could still underestimate the response of certain human subpopulations (NRC, 1993b, 1994). When cancer effects are not found in an exposed human population, this information by itself is not generally sufficient to conclude that the agent poses no carcinogenic hazard to this or other populations of potentially exposed humans, including susceptible subpopulations or lifestages. This is because epidemiologic studies often have low power to detect and attribute responses and typically evaluate cancer potential in a restricted population (e.g., by age, healthy workers). The topic of susceptibility and variation is addressed further in the discussion below of quantitative default options about doseresponse relationships. Well-conducted studies that fail to detect a statistically significant positive association, however, may have value and should be judged on their merits, including population size, duration of the study, the quality of the exposure characterization and measures of outcome, and the magnitude and duration of the exposure. There is not yet enough knowledge to form a basis for any generally applicable qualitative or quantitative inference to compensate for the gap in knowledge concerning other populations. In these cancer guidelines, this problem is left to analysis in individual cases, to be attended to with further general guidance as future research and information allow. When information on a susceptible subpopulation or lifestage exists, it will be used. For example, an agent such as diethylstilbestrol (DES) causes a rare form of vaginal cancer (clear-cell adenocarcinoma) (Herbst et al., 1971) in about 1 per 1000 of adult women whose mothers were exposed during pregnancy (Hatch et al., 1998). E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17810 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices Is the Presence or Absence of Effects Observed in an Animal Population Predictive of Effects in Exposed Humans? The default option is that positive effects in animal cancer studies indicate that the agent under study can have carcinogenic potential in humans. Thus, if no adequate human or mode of action data are present, positive effects in animal cancer studies are a basis for assessing the carcinogenic hazard to humans. This option is a public healthprotective policy, and it is both appropriate and necessary, given that we do not test for carcinogenicity in humans. The option is supported by the fact that nearly all of the agents known to cause cancer in humans are carcinogenic in animals in tests that have adequate protocols (IARC, 1994; Tomatis et al., 1989; Huff, 1994). Moreover, almost one-third of human carcinogens were identified subsequent to animal testing (Huff, 1993). Further support is provided by research on the molecular biology of cancer processes, which has shown that the mechanisms of control of cell growth and differentiation are remarkably homologous among species and highly conserved in evolution. Nevertheless, the same research tools that have enabled recognition of the nature and commonality of cancer processes at the molecular level also have the power to reveal differences and instances in which animal responses are not relevant to humans (Lijinsky, 1993; U.S. EPA, 1991b). Under these cancer guidelines, available mode of action information is studied for its implications in both hazard and dose-response assessment and its ability to obviate default options. There may be instances in which the use of an animal model would identify a hazard in animals that is not truly a hazard in humans (e.g., the alpha-2uglobulin association with renal neoplasia in male rats [U.S. EPA, 1991b]). The extent to which animal studies may yield false positive indications for humans is a matter of scientific debate. To demonstrate that a response in animals is not relevant to any human situation, adequate data to assess the relevancy issue are important. In general, while effects seen at the highest dose tested are assumed to be appropriate for assessment, it is necessary that the experimental conditions be scrutinized. Animal studies are conducted at high doses in order to provide statistical power, the highest dose being one that is minimally toxic (maximum tolerated dose or MTD). Consequently, the question often arises of whether a carcinogenic effect at VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 the highest dose may be a consequence of cell killing with compensatory cell replication or of general physiological disruption rather than inherent carcinogenicity of the tested agent. There is little doubt that this may happen in some cases, but skepticism exists among some scientists that it is a pervasive problem (Ames and Gold, 1990; Melnick et al., 1993; Barrett, 1993). If adequate data demonstrate that the effects are solely the result of excessive toxicity rather than carcinogenicity of the tested agent per se, then the effects may be regarded as not appropriate to include in assessment of the potential for human carcinogenicity of the agent. This is a matter of expert judgment, with consideration given to all of the data available about the agent, including effects in other toxicity studies, structure-activity relationships, and effects on growth control and differentiation. When cancer effects are not found in well-conducted animal cancer studies in two or more appropriate species and other information does not support the carcinogenic potential of the agent, these data provide a basis for concluding that the agent is not likely to possess human carcinogenic potential, in the absence of human data to the contrary. This default option about lack of cancer effects has limitations. It is recognized that animal studies (and epidemiologic studies as well) have very low power to detect cancer effects. Detection of a 10% tumor incidence is generally the limit of power with standard protocols for animal studies (with the exception of rare tumors that are virtually markers for a particular agent, e.g., angiosarcoma caused by vinyl chloride). In some situations, the tested animal species may not be predictive of effects in humans; for example, arsenic shows only minimal or no effect in animals, whereas it is clearly positive in humans. Therefore, it is important to consider other information as well; absence of mutagenic activity or absence of carcinogenic activity among structural analogues can increase the confidence that negative results in animal studies indicate a lack of human hazard. Another limitation is that standard animal study protocols are not yet available for effectively studying perinatal effects. The potential for effects on the very young generally should be considered separately. Under existing Agency policy (U.S. EPA, 1997a, b), perinatal studies accomplished by modification of existing adult bioassay protocols are important in special circumstances. PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 Target organ concordance is not a prerequisite for evaluating the implications of animal study results for humans. Target organs of carcinogenesis for agents that cause cancer in both animals and humans are most often concordant at one or more sites (Tomatis et al., 1989; Huff, 1994). However, concordance by site is not uniform. The mechanisms of control of cell growth and differentiation are concordant among species, but there are marked differences among species in the way control is managed in various tissues. For example, in humans, mutations of the tumor suppressor genes p53 and retinoblastoma are frequently observed genetic changes in tumors. These tumor-suppressor genes are also observed to be operating in some rodent tissues, but other growth control mechanisms predominate in other rodent tissues. Thus, an animal response may be due to changes in a control that are relevant to humans but appear in animals in a different way. However, it is appropriate under these cancer guidelines to consider the influences of route of exposure, metabolism, and, particularly, some modes of action that may either support or not support target organ concordance between animals and humans. When data allow, these influences are considered in deciding whether agent-, species-, or organ-specific situations are appropriate to use in preference to this default assumption (NRC, 1994). In contrast, use of toxicokinetic modeling inherently assumes site concordance, as these models are used to estimate delivered dose to a particular tissue or organ in humans on the basis of the same tissue or organ from animal data. The default is to include benign tumors observed in animal studies in the assessment of animal tumor incidence, if such tumors have the capacity to progress to the malignancies with which they are associated. This default is consistent with the approach of the National Toxicology Program and the International Agency for Research on Cancer and is more protective of public health than not including benign tumors in the assessment; benign and malignant tumors are treated as representative of related responses to the test agent (McConnell et al., 1986), which is scientifically appropriate. Nonetheless, in assessing findings from animal studies, a greater proportion of malignancy is weighed more heavily than is a response with a greater proportion of benign tumors. Greater frequency of malignancy of a particular tumor type in comparison with other tumor responses observed in an animal study is also a factor to be considered E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices in selecting the response to be used in dose-response assessment. Benign tumors that are not observed to progress to malignancy are assessed on a case-by-case basis. There is a range of possibilities for the overall significance of benign tumors. They may deserve attention because they are serious health problems even though they are not malignant; for instance, benign tumors may be a health risk because of their effect on the function of a target tissue, such as the brain. They may be significant indicators of the need for further testing of an agent if they are observed in a short-term test protocol, or such an observation may add to the overall weight of evidence if the same agent causes malignancies in a longterm study. Knowledge of the mode of action associated with a benign tumor response may aid in the interpretation of other tumor responses associated with the same agent. How Do Metabolic Pathways Relate Across Species and Among Different Age Groups and Between Sexes in Humans? The default option is that there is a similarity of the basic pathways of metabolism and the occurrence of metabolites in tissues in regard to the species-to-species extrapolation of cancer hazard and risk. If comparative metabolism studies were to show no similarity between the tested species and humans and a metabolite(s) was the active form, there would be less support for an inference that the animal response(s) relates to humans. In other cases, parameters of metabolism may vary quantitatively between species; this becomes a factor in deciding on an appropriate human-equivalent dose based on animal studies, optimally in the context of a toxicokinetic model. Although the basic pathways are assumed to be the same among humans, the presence of polymorphisms in the general population and factors such as the maturation of the pathways in infants should be considered. The active form of an agent may be present to differing degrees, or it may be completely absent, which may result in greater or lesser risk for subpopulations. How Do Toxicokinetic Processes Relate Across Species and Among Different Age Groups and Between Sexes in Humans? A major issue is how to estimate human-equivalent doses in extrapolating from animal studies. As a default for oral exposure, a human equivalent dose for adults is estimated from data on another species by an adjustment of animal applied oral dose VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 by a scaling factor based on body weight to the 3⁄4 power. The same factor is used for children because it is slightly more protective than using children’s body weight (see Section 3.1.3). This adjustment factor is used because it represents scaling of metabolic rate across animals of different size. Because the factor adjusts for a parameter that can be improved on and brought into more sophisticated toxicokinetic modeling when such data become available, they are usually preferable to the default option. For inhalation exposure, a human equivalent dose for adults is estimated by default methodologies that provide estimates of lung deposition and internal dose (U.S. EPA, 1994). The methodologies can be refined to more sophisticated forms with data on toxicokinetic and metabolic parameters of the specific agent. This default option, like the one for oral exposure, is selected in part because it lays a foundation for incorporating better data. The use of information to improve dose estimation from applied to internal to delivered dose is encouraged, including use of toxicokinetic modeling instead of any default, where data are available. There are important differences between infants, adults, and older adults in the processes of absorption, distribution, and elimination; for example, infants tend to absorb metals through the gut more rapidly and more efficiently than do older children or adults (Calabrese, 1986). Renal elimination is also not as efficient in infants. Although these processes reach adult competency at about the time of weaning, they may have important implications, particularly when the dose-response relationship for an agent is considered to be nonlinear and there is an exposure scenario disproportionately affecting infants, because in these cases the magnitude of dose is more pertinent than the usual approach in linear extrapolation of averaging dose across a lifetime. Efficiency of intestinal absorption in older adults tends to be generally less overall for most chemicals. Another notable difference is that, post-weaning (about 1 year), children have a higher metabolic rate than do adults (Renwick, 1998), and they may toxify or detoxify agents at a correspondingly higher rate. For a route-to-route exposure extrapolation, the default option is that an agent that causes internal tumors by one route of exposure will be carcinogenic by another route if it is absorbed by the second route to give an internal dose. This is a qualitative option and is considered to be publichealth protective. The rationale is that PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17811 for internal tumors an internal dose is significant no matter what the route of exposure. Additionally, the metabolism of the agent will be qualitatively the same for an internal dose. The issue of quantitative extrapolation of the doseresponse relationship from one route to another is addressed case by case. Quantitative extrapolation is complicated by considerations such as first-pass metabolism. What Is the Correlation of the Observed Dose-Response Relationship to the Relationship at Lower Doses? If sufficient data are available, a biologically based model for both the observed range and extrapolation below that range may be used. Although no standard biologically based models are in existence, an agent-specific model may be developed if extensive data exist in a particular case and the purpose of the assessment justifies the investment of the resources needed. The default procedure for the observed range of data when a biologically based model is not used is to use a curve-fitting model for incidence data. In the absence of data supporting a biologically based model for extrapolation outside of the observed range, the choice of approach is based on the view of mode of action of the agent arrived at in the hazard assessment. If more than one approach (e.g., both a nonlinear and linear approach) are supported by the data, they should be used and presented to the decisionmaker. A linear extrapolation approach is used when the mode of action information is supportive of linearity or mode of action is not understood. The linear approach is used when a view of the mode of action indicates a linear response, for example, when a conclusion is made that an agent directly causes alterations in DNA, a kind of interaction that not only theoretically requires one reaction but also is likely to be additive to ongoing, spontaneous gene mutation. Other kinds of activity may have linear implications, for example, linear rate-limiting steps would also support a linear procedure. The linear approach is to draw a straight line between a point of departure from observed data, generally as a default, an LED chosen to be representative of the lower end of the observed range, and the origin (zero incremental dose, zero incremental response). This approach is generally considered to be public-health protective. The linear default is thought to generally provide an upper-bound calculation of potential risk at low doses, for example, a E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17812 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices 1/100,000 to 1/1,000,000 risk. This upper bound is thought to be publichealth protective at low doses for the range of human variation, considering the typical Agency target range for risk management of 1/1,000,000 to 1/10,000, although it may not completely be so (Bois et al., 1995) if pre-existing disease or genetic constitution place a percentage of the population at greater risk from exposure to carcinogens. The question of what may be the actual variation in human susceptibility is one that was discussed in general in the NRC (1994) report, as well as the NRC report on pesticides in children and infants (NRC, 1993b). NRC has recommended research on the question, and EPA and other agencies are conducting such research. Given the current state of knowledge, EPA will assume that the linear default procedure adequately accounts for human variation unless there is case-specific information for a given agent or mode of action that indicates a particularly susceptible subpopulation or lifestage, in which case the special information will be used. When adequate data on mode of action provide sufficient evidence to support a nonlinear mode of action for the general population and/or any subpopulations of concern, a different approach—a reference dose/reference concentration that assumes that nonlinearity—is used. The POD is again generally an BMDL when incidence data are modeled. A sufficient basis to support this nonlinear procedure is likely to include data on responses that are key events integral to the carcinogenic process. This means that the POD may be based on these precursor response data, for example, hormone levels or mitogenic effects rather than tumor incidence data. When the mode of action information indicates that the dose-response function may be adequately described by both a linear and a nonlinear approach, then the results of both the linear and the nonlinear analyses are presented. An assessment may use both linear and nonlinear approaches if different responses are thought to result from different modes of action or a response appears to be very different at high and low doses due to influence of separate modes of action. The results may be needed for assessment of combined risk from agents that have common modes of action. Absent data to the contrary, the default assumption is that the cumulative dose received over a lifetime, expressed as a lifetime average daily dose or lifetime average daily exposure, is an appropriate measure of VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 dose or exposure. This assumes that a high dose of such an agent received over a shorter period of time is equivalent to a low dose spread over a lifetime. This is thought to be a relatively publichealth-protective option and has some empirical support (Monro, 1992). A counter example, i.e., effects of shortterm, high exposure levels that result in subsequent cancer development, is treatment of cancer patients with certain chemotherapeutic agents. When sufficient information is available to support a different approach, it can be used. For example, short-term exposure estimates (several days to several months) may be more appropriate than the lifetime average daily dose. In these cases, both agent concentration and duration are likely to be important, because such effects may be reversible at cessation of very short-term exposures. Appendix B: EPA’s Guidance for Data Quality Assessment U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2000d) Guidance for data quality assessment: practical methods for data analysis. Office of Environmental Information, Washington, DC. EPA/600/R– 96/084. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/ quality/qs-docs/g9-final.pdf. References Allen, BC; Crump, KS; Shipp, AM. (1988) Correlation between carcinogenic potency of chemicals in animals and humans. Risk Anal 8:531–544. Ames, BN; Gold, LS. (1990) Too many rodent carcinogens: mitogenesis increases mutagenesis. Science 249:970–971. Anderson, LM; Diwan, BA; Fear, NT; et al. (2000) Critical windows of exposure for children’s health: cancer in human epidemiological studies and neoplasms in experimental animal models. Environ Health Perspect 108(Suppl 3):573–594. Ashby, J; Tennant, RW. (1991) Definitive relationships among chemical structure, carcinogenicity and mutagenicity for 301 chemicals tested by the U.S. NTP. Mutat Res 257:229–306. Ashby, J; Tennant, RW. (1994) Prediction of rodent carcinogenicity for 44 chemicals: results. Mutagenesis 9:7–15. Ashby, J; Doerrer, NG; Flamm, FG; et al. (1990) A scheme for classifying carcinogens. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 12:270–295. Ashby, J; Brady, A; Elcombe, CR; et al. (1994) Mechanistically based human hazard assessment of peroxisome proliferatorinduced hepatocarcinogenesis. Hum Exper Toxicol 13:1–117. Barrett, JC. (1992) Mechanisms of action of known human carcinogens. In: Mechanisms of carcinogenesis in risk identification. IARC Sci Pubs No. 116, 115–134. International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon, France. Barrett, JC. (1993) Mechanisms of multistep carcinogenesis and carcinogen risk PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 assessment. Environ Health Perspect 100:9–20. Barrett, JC; Lee, TC. (1992) Mechanisms of arsenic-induced gene amplification. In: Kellems, RE, ed. Gene amplification in mammalian cells: a comprehensive guide. New York: Marcel Dekker. Baylin, S; Bestor, TH. (2002) Altered methylation patterns in cancer cell genomes: causes or consequence? Cancer Cell 1:299–305. Bellamy, CO; Malcomson, RD; Harrison, DJ; et al. (1995) Cell death in health and disease: the biology and regulation of apoptosis. Seminars in Cancer Biology, Apoptosis in Oncogenesis and Chemotherapy 6:3–16. Biggs, PJ; Warren, W; Venitt, S; et al. (1993) Does a genotoxic carcinogen contribute to human breast cancer? The value of mutational spectra in unraveling the etiology of cancer. Mutagenesis 8:275– 283. Birnbaum, LS; Fenton, SE. (2003) Cancer and developmental exposure to endocrine disruptors. Environ Health Perspect 111:389–394. Birner, G; Albrecht, W; Neumann, HG. (1990) Biomonitoring of aromatic amines. III: hemoglobin binding and benzidine and some benzidine congeners. Arch Toxicol 64(2):97–102. Blair, A; Burg, J; Foran, J; et al. (1995) Guidelines for application of metaanalysis in environmental epidemiology. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 22:189–197. Bois, FY; Krowech, G; Zeise, L. (1995) Modeling human interindividual variability in metabolism and risk: the example of 4-aminobiphenyl. Risk Anal 15:205–213. Calabrese, EJ. (1986) Age and susceptibility to toxic substances. New York: WinterInterscience Publication, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Callemen, CJ; Ehrenberg, L; Jansson, B; et al. (1978) Monitoring and risk assessment by means of alkyl groups in hemoglobin in persons occupationally exposed to ethylene oxide. J Environ Pathol Toxicol 2:427–442. Caporaso, N; Hayes, RB; Dosemeci, M; et al. (1989) Lung cancer risk, occupational exposure, and the debrisoquine metabolic phenotype. Cancer Res 49:3675–3679. Cavenee, WK; Koufos, A; Hansen, MF. (1986) Recessive mutant genes predisposing to human cancer. Mutat Res 168:3–14. CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention). (2004) The health consequences of smoking: a report of the surgeon general. Dept. of Health and Human Services, Washington, DC. Available from: https://www.cdc.gov/ tobacco/sgr/sgr_2004/index.htm. Chang, CC; Jone, C; Trosko, JE; et al. (1988) Effect of cholesterol epoxides on the inhibition of intercellular communication and on mutation induction in Chinese hamster V79 cells. Mutat Res 206:471–478. Chuang, LS; Ng, HH; Chia, JN; Li, BF. (1996) Characterisation of independent DNA and multiple Zn-binding domains at the N terminus of human DNA-(cytosine-5) E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices methyltransferase: modulating the property of a DNA-binding domain by contiguous Zn-binding motifs. J Mol Biol 257(5):935–48. Chen, C; Farland, W. (1991) Incorporating cell proliferation in quantitative cancer risk assessment: approaches, issues, and uncertainties. In: Butterworth, B., Slaga, T., Farland, W., et al., eds. Chemical induced cell proliferation: implications for risk assessment. New York: WileyLiss, pp. 481–499. Chhabra, RE; Huff, JE; Schwetz, BS; Selkirk, J. (1990) An overview of prechronic and chronic toxicity/carcinogenicity experimental study designs and criteria used by the National Toxicology Program. Environ. Health Perspect. 86:313–321. Choy, WN. (1993) A review of the doseresponse induction of DNA adducts by aflatoxin B2 and its implications to quantitative cancer-risk assessment. Mutat Res 296:181–198. Clayson, DB; Mehta, R; Iverson, F. (1994) Oxidative DNA damage—the effects of certain genotoxic and operationally nongenotoxic carcinogens. Mutat Res 317:25–42. Cohen, SM. (1995) Role of urinary physiology and chemistry in bladder carcinogenesis. Fd Chem Toxicol 33:715–30. Cohen, SW; Ellwein, LB. (1990) Cell proliferation in carcinogenesis. Science 249:1007–1011. Cohen, SM; Ellwein, LB. (1991) Genetic errors, cell proliferation and carcinogenesis. Cancer Res 51:6493– 6505. Cohen, SM; Purtilo, DT; Ellwein, LB. (1991) Pivotal role of increased cell proliferation in human carcinogenesis. Mod Pathol 4:371–375. Conolly, RB; Andersen, ME. (1991) Biologically based pharmacodynamic models: tools for toxicological research and risk assessment. Ann Rev Pharmacol Toxicol 31:503–523. Contrera, JF; Matthews, EJ; Benz, RD. (2003) Predicting the carcinogenic potential of pharmaceuticals in rodents using molecular structural similarity and Estate indices. Regul. Toxicol. Pharmacol. 38:243–259. Cresteil, T. (1998) Onset of xenobiotic metabolism in children: toxicological implications. Food Addit Contam 15, Supplement 45–51. Dearfield, K. L.; Auletta, A. E.; Cimino, M. C., et al. (1991) Considerations in the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s testing approach for mutagenicity. Mutat. Res. 258:259–283. D’Souza, RW; Francis, WR; Bruce, RD; et al. (1987) Physiologically based pharmacokinetic model for ethylene chloride and its application in risk assessment. In: Pharmacokinetics in risk assessment: drinking water and health. Vol. 8. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. Enterline, PE; Henderson, VL; Marsh, GM. (1987) Exposure to arsenic. Amer J Epidemiol 125:929–938. Evans, JS; Gray, GM; Sielken, RL Jr; Smith, AE; Valdez-Flores, C; Graham, JD. (1994 VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 ) Use of probabilistic expert judgment in uncertainty analysis of carcinogenic potency. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol. 2:15– 36. Executive Order 13045 (1997) Protection of children from environmental health risks and safety risks, issued April 21, 1997. Fearon, E; Vogelstein, B. (1990) A genetic model for colorectal tumorigenesis. Cell 61:959–967. Fenton, SE; Davis, CC. (2002) Atrazine exposure in utero increases dimethylbenz a anthracene-induced mammary tumor incidence in long evans offspring. Toxicol Sci 66(1–2):185. ‘‘The Toxicologist, Abstracts of the 41st Annual Meeting of the Society of Toxicology.’’ (Abstract 903) Fisher, RA. (1950) Statistical methods for research workers. Edinburgh, Scotland: Oliver and Boyd. Florig, HK; Morgan, MG; Morgan, KM; Jenni, KE; Fischhoff, B; Fischbeck, PS; DeKay, ML. (2001) A deliberative method for ranking risks (I): Overview and test bed development. Risk Anal. 21:913–21. Flynn, GL. (1990) Physicochemical determinants of skin absorption. In: Gerrity, TR, Henry, CJ, eds. Principles of route to route extrapolation for risk assessment. New York: Elsevier Science; pp. 93–127. Fos, PJ; McLin, CL. (1990) The risk of falling in the elderly: a subjective approach. Med Decis Making 10:195–200. Garfinkel, L; Silverberg, E. (1991) Lung cancer and smoking trends in the United States over the past 25 years. Cancer 41:137–145. Gaylor, DW; Zheng, Q. (1996) Risk assessment of nongenotoxic carcinogens based on cell proliferation/death rates in rodents. Risk Anal 16(2):221–225. Gaylor, DW; Kodell, RL; Chen, JJ; et al. (1994) Point estimates of cancer risk at low doses. Risk Anal 14(5):843–850. Gibson, DP; Aardema, MJ; Kerckaert, GA; et al. (1995) Detection of aneuploidyinducing carcinogens in the Syrian hamster embryo (SHE) cell transformation assay. Mutat Res 343:7– 24. Ginsberg, GL. (2003) Assessing cancer risks from short-term exposures in children. Risk Anal 23(1):19–34. Goddard, MJ; Murdoch, DJ; Krewski, D. (1995). Temporal aspects of risk characterization. Inhal Toxicol 7:1005– 1018. Goldsworthy, TL; Hanigan, MH; Pitot, HC. (1986) Models of hepatocarcinogenesis in the rat-contrasts and comparisons. CRC Crit Rev Toxicol 17:61–89. Goodman, JI; Counts, JL. (1993) Hypomethylation of DNA: A possible nongenotoxic mechanism underlying the role of cell proliferation in carcinogenesis. Environ Health Perspect 101 Supp. 5:169–172. Greenland, S. (1987) Quantitative methods in the review of epidemiologic literature. Epidemiol Rev 9:1–29. Gulezian, D; Jacobson-Kram, D; McCullough, CB; et al. (2000) Use of transgenic animals for carcinogenicity testing: considerations and implications for risk PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17813 assessment. Toxicol Pathol 28:482–499. Hammand, EC. (1966) Smoking in relation to the death rates of one million men and women. In: Haenxzel, W, ed. Epidemiological approaches to the study of cancer and other chronic diseases. National Cancer Institute Monograph No. 19. Washington, DC. Hanahan, D; Weinberg, RA. (2000) The hallmarks of cancer. Cell 100:57–70. Harris, CC; Hollstein, M. (1993) Clinical implications of the p53 tumor suppressor gene. N Engl J Med 329:1318–1327. Haseman, JK. (1983) Issues: a reexamination of false-positive rates for carcinogenesis studies. Fundam Appl Toxicol 3:334– 339. Haseman, JK. (1984) Statistical issues in the design, analysis and interpretation of animal carcinogenicity studies. Environ Health Perspect 58:385–392. Haseman, JK. (1985) Issues in carcinogenicity testing: dose selection. Fundam Appl Toxicol 5:66–78. Haseman, JK. (1990) Use of statistical decision rules for evaluating laboratory animal carcinogenicity studies. Fundam Appl Toxicol 14:637–648. Haseman, JK. (1995) Data analysis: Statistical analysis and use of historical control data. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 21:52–59. Hatch, EE; Palmer, JR; Titus-Ernstoff, L; Noller, KL et al. (1998) Cancer risk in women exposed to diethylstilbestrol in utero. JAMA 280:630–634. Hattis, D. (1990) Pharmacokinetic principles for dose-rate extrapolation of carcinogenic risk from genetically active agents. Risk Anal 10:303–316. Hawkins, NC; Evans, JS. (1989) Subjective estimation of toluene exposures: a calibration study of industrial hygienists, Applied Industrial Hygiene, 4:61–68. Hawkins, NC; Graham, JD. (1988) Expert scientific judgment and cancer risk assessment: a pilot study of pharmacokinetic data, Risk Anal. 8:615– 25. Hayward, JJ; Shane, BS; Tindall, KR; et al. (1995) Differential in vivo mutagenicity of the carcinogen-noncarcinogen pair 2,4- and 2,6-diaminotoluene. Carcinogenesis 10:2429–2433. Heddle, JA; Swiger, RR. (1996) Risk estimation from somatic mutation assays. Mutat Res 365(1–3):107–17. Herbst, AL, Ulfelder, H, Poskanzer, DC. (1971) Adenocarcinoma of the vagina: association of maternal stilbestrol therapy with tumor appearance in young women. N Engl J Med 284:878–881. Hill, AB. (1965) The environment and disease: association or causation? Proc R Soc Med 58:295–300. Hoel, DG; Kaplan, NL; Anderson, MW. (1983) Implication of nonlinear kinetics on risk estimation in carcinogenesis. Science 219:1032–1037. Holliday, R. (1987) DNA methylation and epigenetic defects in carcinogenesis. Mutat Res 181:215–217. Holladay SD, Smialowicz RJ. 2000. Development of the murine and human immune system: differential effects of immunotoxicants depend on time of exposure. Environ Health Perspect 108 E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17814 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices Suppl 3:463–473. Holsapple MP, West LJ, Landreth KS. 2003. Species comparison of anatomical and functional immune system development. Birth Defects Res B Dev Reprod Toxicol 68(4):321–334. Huff, JE. (1993) Chemicals and cancer in humans: first evidence in experimental animals. Environ Health Perspect 100:201–210. Huff, JE. (1994) Chemicals causally associated with cancers in humans and laboratory animals. A perfect concordance. In: Carcinogenesis. Waalkes, MP, Ward, JM, eds., New York: Raven Press; pp. 25–37. Huff J, Cirvello J, Haseman J, Bucher J (1991) Chemicals associated with site-specific neoplasia in 1394 long-term carcinogenesis experiments in laboratory rodents. Environ Health Perspect 93:247–70. Erratum in: Environ Health Perspect 1991 Nov; 95:213. Hulka, BS; Margolin, BH. (1992) Methodological issues in epidemiologic studies using biological markers. Am J Epidemiol 135:122–129. IARC (International Agency for Research on Cancer). (1994) IARC monographs on the evaluation of carcinogenic risks to humans. Vol. 60. Some industrial chemicals. Lyon, France: IARC; pp. 13– 33. IARC. (International Agency for Research on Cancer) (1999) The use of short- and medium-term tests for carcinogens and data on genetic effects in carcinogenic hazard evaluation. Lyon, France. IEc (Industrial Economics, Incorporated). 2004. ‘‘An Expert Judgment Study of the Concentration-Response Relationship Between PM2.5 Exposure and Mortality,’’ Available at: https:// www.epa.gov/ttn/ecas/benefits.html. ILSI (International Life Sciences Institute). (1992) Similarities and differences between children and adults; implications for risk assessment. Washington, DC: ILSI Press. ILSI (International Life Sciences Institute). (1997) Principles for the selection of doses in chronic rodent bioassays. Foran, JA, ed. Washington, DC: ILSI Press. ILSI (International Life Sciences Institute). (2001) Proceedings of workshop on the evaluation of alternative methods for carcinogenesis testing. Toxicol Pathol 29:1–351. IPCS (International Programme on Chemical Safety). (1999) IPCS workshop on developing a conceptual framework for cancer risk assessment, February 16–18, 1999, Lyon, France. IPCS/99.6. World Health Organization, Geneva. Ito, N; Shirai, T; Hasegawa, R. (1992) Medium-term bioassays for carcinogens. In: Vainio, H, Magee, PN, McGregor, DB, et al., eds. Mechanisms of carcinogenesis in risk identifications. International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon, France; pp. 353–388. Jelovsek, FR; Mattison, DR; Young, JF. (1990) Eliciting principles of hazard identification from experts. Teratology 42:521–533. Jones, PA. (1986) DNA methylation and VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 cancer. Cancer Res 46:461–466. Kehrer, JP. (1993) Free radicals as mediators of tissue injury and disease. Crit Rev Toxicol 23:21–48. Kelsey, JL; Whittemore, AS; Evans, AS; Thompson, WD. (1996) Methods in observational epidemiology. New York: Oxford University Press. Kimbell, JS; Subramaniam, RP; Gross, EA; Schlosser, PM; Morgan, KT. (2001) Dosimetry modeling of inhaled formaldehyde: comparisons of local flux predictions in the rat, monkey and human nasal passages. Toxicol Sci 64(1):100–110. Kinzler, KW; Vogelstein, B. (2002) Colorectal tumors. In: Vogelstein, B; Kinzler, KW, eds. The genetic basis of human cancer. New York: McGraw-Hill. Kinzler, KW; Nilbert, MC; Su, L–K; et al. (1991) Identification of FAP locus genes from chromosome 5q21. Science 253:661–665. Kraus, AL; Munro, IC; Orr, JC; et al. (1995) Benzoyl peroxide: an integrated human safety assessment for carcinogenicity. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 21:87–107. Krewski, D; Van Ryzin, J. (1981) Dose response models for quantal response toxicity data. In: Csorgo; Dawson; Rao; et al., eds. Statistics and related topics. Amsterdam: North-Holland, pp. 201– 231. Krewski, D; Murdoch, DJ; Withey, JR. (1987) The application of pharmacokinetic data in carcinogenic risk assessment. In: Pharmacokinetics in risk assessment: drinking water and health. Vol. 8. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; pp. 441–468. La, DK; Swenberg, JA. (1996) DNA adducts: biological markers of exposure and potential applications to risk assessment. Mutat Res 365(1–3):129–46. Levine, AJ; Perry, ME; Chang, A; et al. (1994) The 1993 Walter Hubert lecture: the role of the p53 tumor-suppressor gene in tumorigenesis. Br J Cancer 69:409–416. Lijinsky, W. (1993) Species differences in carcinogenesis. In Vivo 7:65–72. Lilienfeld, AM; Lilienfeld, D. (1979) Foundations of epidemiology, 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press. Littlefield, NA; Farmer, JH; Gaylor, DW. (1980) ED01 study. J Environ Pathol Toxicol 3:17. Maltoni, C; Lefemine, G; Ciliberti, A; et al. (1981) Carcinogenicity bioassay of vinyl chloride monomer: a model of risk assessment on an experimental basis. Environ Health Perspect 41:3–29. Maronpot, RR; Shimkin, MB; Witschi, HP; et al. (1986) Strain A mouse pulmonary tumor test results for chemicals previously tested in National Cancer Institute carcinogenicity test. J Natl Cancer Inst 76:1101–1112. Marsman, DS; Popp, JA. (1994) Biological potential of basophilic hepatocellular foci and hepatic adenoma induced by the peroxisome proliferator, Wy-14,643. Carcinogenesis 15:111–117. Mausner, JS; Kramer, S. (1985) Epidemiology, 2nd ed. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. McConnell, EE. (1992) Comparative response in carcinogenesis bioassay as a function PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 of age at first exposure. In: Guzelian, P; Henry, CJ; Olin, SS, eds. Similarities and difference between children and adults: implications for risk assessment. Washington, DC: ILSI Press; pp. 66–78. McConnell, EE; Solleveld, HA; Swenberg, JA; et al. (1986) Guidelines for combining neoplasms for evaluation of rodent carcinogenesis studies. J Natl Cancer Inst 76:283–289. Meek, ME; Bucher, JR; Chohen, SM; Dellarco, V; Hill, RN; Lehman-McKeeman, LD; Longfellow, DG; Pastoor, T; Seed, J.; and Patton, DE. (2003) A framework for humand relevance analysis of information on carcinogenic modes of action. Crit Rev Toxicol 33:591–653. Melnick, RL, Huff, JE, Barrett, JC, Maronpot, RR, Lucier, G, Portier, CJ. (1993) Cell proliferation and chemical carcinogenesis: A symposium overview. Mol Carcinog 7:135–138. Miller, RW. (1995) Special susceptibility of the child to certain radiation-induced cancers. Environ Health Perspect 103(suppl 6):41–44. Miller, MD; Marty, MA; Arcus, A; et al. (2002) Differences between children and adults: implications for risk assessment at California EPA. Int J Toxicol 21:403– 418. Monro, A. (1992) What is an appropriate measure of exposure when testing drugs for carcinogenicity in rodents? Toxicol Appl Pharmacol 112:171–181. Moolgavkar, SH. (1986) Carcinogenesis Modelin: From Molecular Biology to Epidemiology. Am Rev Public Health 7:151–169. Moolgavkar, SH; Knudson, AG. (1981) Mutation and cancer: a model for human carcinogenesis. J Natl Cancer Inst 66:1037–1052. Morgan, KM; DeKay, ML; Fischbeck, PS; Morgan, MG; Fischhoff, B; Florig, HK. (2001) A deliberative method for ranking risks (II): Evaluation of validity and agreement among risk managers. Risk Anal. 21:923–37. Morrison, V; Ashby, J. (1994) A preliminary evaluation of the performance of the mutaTM mouse (lacZ) and Big BlueTM (lacI) transgenic mouse mutation assays. Mutagenesis 9:367–375. Murdoch, DJ; Krewski, D; Wargo, J. (1992) Cancer risk assessment with intermittent exposure. Risk Anal 12(4):569–577. Murrell, JA; Portier, CJ; Morris, RW. (1998) Characterizing dose-response I: critical assessment of the benchmark dose concept. Risk Anal 18(1):13–25. NRC (National Research Council). (1983) Risk assessment in the federal government: managing the process. Committee on the Institutional Means for Assessment of Risks to Public Health, Commission on Life Sciences, NRC. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. NRC (National Research Council). (1990) Health effects of exposure to low levels of ionizing radiation (BEIR V). Washington, DC: National Academy Press. NRC (National Research Council). (1993a) Issues in risk assessment. Committee on Risk Assessment Methodology. E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices Washington, DC: National Academy Press. NRC (National Research Council). (1993b) Pesticides in the diets of infants and children. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. NRC (National Research Council). (1994) Science and judgment in risk assessment. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. NRC (National Research Council). (1996) Understanding risk: informing decisions in a democratic society. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. NRC (National Research Council). (2002) Estimating the public health benefits of proposed air pollution regulations. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. NTP (National Toxicology Program). (1984) Report of the ad hoc panel on chemical carcinogenesis testing and evaluation of the National Toxicology Program, Board of Scientific Counselors. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. 1984–421–132:4726. Nichols, AL; Zeckhauser, RJ. (1986). The dangers of caution: Conservatism in the assessment and the mismanagement of risk. In: Smith, VK, ed., Advances in Applied Micro-Economics: Risk, Uncertainty, and the Valuation of Benefits and Costs, Vol. 4, Greenwich, Conn.: JAI Press, pp. 55–82. North, DW ; Merkhofer, MW. (1976). A methodology for analyzing emission control strategies. Comput Oper Res 3:187–207. OECD (Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development). (1981) Guidelines for testing of chemicals. Carcinogenicity studies. No. 451. Paris, France. OMB (Office of Management and Budget). (2002) Guidelines for ensuring and maximizing the quality, objectivity, utility, and integrity of information disseminated by federal agencies. Federal Register 67(36):8451–8460. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/oei/ qualityguidelines/fr22fe02–117.htm. OMB (Office of Management and Budget). (2003) Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. September 17. Available from: https://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/ circulars/a004/a-4.pdf. OMB (Office of Management and Budget). (2004) Revised information quality bulletin for peer review. April 15. Available from: https:// www.whitehouse.gov/omb/inforeg/ peer_review041404.pdf. OSTP (Office of Science and Technology Policy). (1985) Chemical carcinogens: review of the science and its associated principles. Federal Register 50:10372– 10442. ¨ Peltomaki, P; Aaltonen, LA; Sisonen, P; et al. (1993) Genetic mapping of a locus predisposing human colorectal cancer. Science 260:810–812. Peto, J. (1992) Meta-analysis of epidemiological studies of carcinogenesis. In: Mechanisms of carcinogenesis in risk assessment. IARC Sci. Pubs. No. 116, Lyon, France; pp. VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 571–577. Peto, J; Darby, S. (1994) Radon risk reassessed. Nature 368:97–98. Peto, R; Gray, R; Brantom, P; et al. (1984) Nitrosamine carcinogenesis in 5120 rodents: chronic administration of sixteen different concentrations of NDEA, NDMA, NPYR and NPIP in the water of 4440 inbred rats, with parallel studies on NDEA alone of the effect of age of starting (3,6, or 20 weeks) and of species (rats, mice or hamsters). IARC Sci Publ 57:627–665. Pinkerton, KE; Joad, J. (2000) The mammalian respiratory system and critical windows of exposure for children’s health. Environ Health Perspect 108(suppl):457–462. Portier, C. (1987) Statistical properties of a two-stage model of carcinogenesis. Environ Health Perspect 76:125–131. Putzrath, RM; Ginevan, ME (1991) Metaanalysis: Methods for combining data to improve quantitative risk assessment. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 14:178–188. Rall, DP. (1991) Carcinogens and human health: part 2. Science 251:10–11. Renn, O. (1999) Model for an analyticdeliberative process in risk management. Environ Sci Technol 33:3049–3055. Renwick, AG. (1998) Toxicokinetics in infants and children in relation to the ADI and TDI. Food Addit Contam 15, Suppl 17–35. Rice, JM. (1979) Problems and perspective in perinatal carcinogenesis: a summary of the conference. NCI Monogr 51:271–278. Richard, AM. (1998a) Structure-based methods for predicting mutagenicity and carcinogenicity: are we there yet? Mutat Res 400:493–507. Richard, AM, (1998b) Commercial toxicology prediction systems: A regulatory perspective. Toxicol. Lett. 102–103:611– 616. Richard, AM; Williams, CR. (2002) Distributed structure-searchable toxicity (DSSTox) public database network: a proposal: Mutat. Res. 499:27–52. Richmond, HM. (1981). A framework for assessment of health risks associated with national ambient air quality standards. Environ Prof 3:225–234. Rothman, KJ; Greenland, S. (1998) Modern Epidemiology. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins Publishers. Rouse, J; Jackson, SP. (2002) Interfaces between the detection, signaling, and repair of DNA damage. Science 297:547– 551. Samet, JM; Schnatter, R; Gibb, H. (1998) Invited Commentary: Epidemiology and risk assessment. Am J Epidemiol 148:929–936. Scheuplein, R; Charnley, G; Dourson, M. (2002) Differential sensitivity of children and adults to chemical toxicity. I: biological basis. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 35:429–447. SAB (Science Advisory Board). (1997) An SAB report: guidelines for cancer risk assessment. Washington DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, September. EPA–SAB–EHC–97–010. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/sab/ pdf/ehc9710.pdf. PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17815 Shelby, MD; Zeiger, E. (1990) Activity of human carcinogens in the Salmonella and rodent bone-marrow cytogenetics tests. Mutat Res 234:257–261. Silberstein, GB. (2001) Tumour-stromal interactions: role of the stroma in mammary development. Breast Cancer Res 3:218–223. Slikker W, 3rd, Mei N, Chen T. 2004. Nethyl-N-nitrosourea (ENU) increased brain mutations in prenatal and neonatal mice but not in the adults. Toxicol Sci 81(1):112–120. Sisk, SC; Pluta, LJ; Bond, JA; et al. (1994) Molecular analysis of lacI mutants from bone marrow of B6C3F1 transgenic mice following inhalation exposure to 1,3-butadiene. Carcinogenesis 15(3):471–477. Snedecor, GW; Cochran, WG. (1967) Statistical methods, 6th ed. Ames, Iowa: Iowa State University Press. Sonich-Mullin, C; Fielder, R; Wiltse, J; Baetcke, K; Dempsey. K; Fenner-Crisp, P; Grant, D; Hartley, M; Knaap, A; Kroese, D; Mangelsdorf, I; Meek, E; Rice, JM; and Yones, M. (2001) IPCS conceptual framework for evaluating a mode of action for chemical carcinogenesis. Regul Toxicol Phamacol 34:146–152. Spalding, JW; French, JE; Stasiewicz, S; Furedi-Machacek, M; Conner, F; Tice, RR; Tennant, RW. (2000) Responses of transgenic mouse lines p53(+/¥) and Tg.AC to agents tested in conventional carcinogenicity bioassays. Toxicol Sci 53(2)213–223. Stiber, NA; Pantazidou, M; Small, MJ. (1999) Expert system methodology for evaluating reductive dechlorination at TCE sites. Environ Sci Technol 33:3012– 3020. Stiteler, WH; Knauf, LA; Hertzberg, RC; et al. (1993) A statistical test of compatibility of data sets to a common dose-response model. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 18:392– 402. Subramaniam, RP; Asgharian, B; Freijer, JI; Miller, FJ; Anjilvel, S. (2003) Analysis of differences in particle deposition in the human lung. Inhal Toxicol 15:1–21. Swierenga, SHH; Yamasaki, H. (1992) Performance of tests for cell transformation and gap junction intercellular communication for detecting nongenotoxic carcinogenic activity. In: Mechanisms of carcinogenesis in risk identification. IARC Sci. Pubs. No. 116, Lyon, France; pp. 165–193. Szklo, M; Nieto, FJ. (2000): Epidemiology Beyond the Basics. Gaithersburg, MD: Aspen Publishers, Inc. Tarone, RE. (1982) The use of historical control information in testing for a trend in proportions. Biometrics 38:215–220. Taylor, JH; Watson, MA; Devereux, TR; et al. (1994) p53 mutation hotspot in radonassociated lung cancer. Lancet 343:86– 87. Tennant, RW. (1993) Stratification of rodent carcinogenicity bioassay results to reflect relative human hazard. Mutat Res 286:111–118. Tennant, RW; French, JE; Spalding, JW. (1995) Identifying chemical carcinogens and assessing potential risk in short-term E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 17816 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices bioassays using transgenic mouse models. Environ Health Perspect 103:942–950. Tennant, RW; Stasiewicz, S; Mennear, J; et al. (1999) Genetically altered mouse models for identifying carcinogens. In: McGregor, DB; Rice, JM; Venitt, S, eds. The use of short- and medium-term tests for carcinogens and data on genetic effects in carcinogenic hazard evaluation. Lyon, France: International Agency for Research on Cancer. Tinwell, H; Ashby, J. (1991) Activity of the human carcinogen MeCCNU in the mouse bone marrow mironucleus test. Environ Molec Mutagen 17:152–154. Todd, GC. (1986) Induction of reversibility of thyroid proliferative changes in rats given an antithyroid compound. Vet Pathol 23:110–117. Tomatis, L; Aitio, A; Wilbourn, J; et al. (1989) Human carcinogens so far identified. Jpn J Cancer Res 80:795–807. Tucker, JD; Preston, RJ. (1996) Chromosome aberrations, micronuclei, aneuploidy, sister chromatid exchanges, and cancer risk assessment. Mutat Res 365(1– 3):147–59. Review. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1986a) Guidelines for carcinogen risk assessment. Federal Register 51(185):33992–34003. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/ncea/raf/. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1986b) Guidelines for mutagenicity risk assessment. Federal Register 51(185):34006–34012. Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=23160. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1989) Summary of the second workshop carcinogenesis bioassay with the dermal route. May 18–19, 1988, Research Triangle Park, NC. EPA/560/6– 89/003. Available from NTIS, Springfield, VA 22161. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1991a) Guidelines for developmental toxicity risk assessment. Federal Register 56(234):63798–63826. Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ ncea/raf/recordisplay.cfm?deid=23162. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1991b) Alpha-2u-globulin: association with chemically induced renal toxicity and neoplasia in the male rat. Risk Assessment Forum, Washington, DC. EPA/625/3–91/019F. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1992a) Guidelines for exposure assessment. Federal Register 57(104):22888–22938. Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=15263. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1992b) Draft report: a crossspecies scaling factor for carcinogen risk assessment based on equivalence of mg/ kg3⁄4/day. Federal Register 57(109):24152–24173. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1994) Methods for derivation of inhalation reference concentrations and application of inhalation dosimetry. Office of Health and Environmental Assessment, Environmental Criteria and VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 Assessment Office, Research Triangle Park, NC. EPA/600/8–90/066F. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1995) Policy for risk characterization. Memorandum of Carol M. Browner, Administrator, March 21, 1995, Washington, DC. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/osp/spc/ 2riskchr.htm. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1996a) Guidelines for reproductive toxicity risk assessment. Federal Register 61(212):56274–56322. Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ ncea/raf/recordisplay.cfm?deid=2838. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1996b) Comparison of the effects of chemicals with combined perinatal and adult exposure vs. Adult only exposure in carcinogenesis studies. Office of Pesticide Programs. Washington, DC. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1997a) A proposed OPP policy on determining the need for perinatal carcinogenicity testing on a pesticide. Office of Pesticide Programs. Washington, DC. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1997b) A set of scientific issues being considered by the Agency in connection with the criteria for requiring in-utero cancer studies. Office of Pesticide Programs. FIFRA Scientific Advisory Panel. September 1997 meeting report. Available from: https:// www.epa.gov/pesticides/SAP/archive/ september/finalsep.htm. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1997c) Exposure factors handbook. National Center for Environmental Assessment, Washington, DC. EPA/600/P–95/002F. Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/cfm/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=12464. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1997d) Policy for use of probabilistic analysis in risk assessment. Memorandum of Fred Hansen, Deputy Administrator, May 15, 1997. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/osp/spc/ probpol.htm. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1997e) Guiding principles for Monte Carlo analysis. Risk Assessment Forum, Washington, DC. EPA/630/R–97/ 001. Available from: https:// cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=29596. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1998a) Assessment of thyroid follicular cell tumors. Risk Assessment Forum, Washington, DC. EPA/630/R–97/ 002. Available from: https:// cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=13102. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1998b) Guidelines for neurotoxicity risk assessment. Federal Register 63(93):26926–26954. Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=12479. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1998c) Health effects test guidelines: OPPTS 870.4300 combined chronic toxicity/carcinogenicity. Office PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances, Washington, DC. EPA/712/ C–98/212. Available from: https:// www.epa.gov/opptsfrs/ OPPTS_Harmonized/ 870_Health_Effects_Test_Guidelines/ Series/. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1998d) EPA’s rule writer’s guide to Executive Order 13045. Available from: https://yosemite.epa.gov/ ochp/ochpweb.nsf/content/ whatwe_regulate.htm. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1999a) Guidelines for carcinogen risk assessment (review draft). Risk Assessment Forum, Washington, DC. NCEA–F–0644. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/ ncea/raf/cancer.htm. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1999b) Review of revised sections of the proposed guidelines for carcinogen risk assessment. Science Advisory Board, Washington, DC. EPA/ SAB/EC–99/015. Available from: https:// www.epa.gov/ncea/raf/cancer.htm. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (1999c) Cancer risk coefficients for environmental exposure to radionuclides: Federal guidance report no. 13. Office of Air and Radiation. EPA/ 402/R–99/001. Available from: https:// www.epa.gov/radiation/federal. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2000a) Science Policy Council handbook: peer review. Office of Research and Development, Office of Science Policy, Washington, DC. EPA/ 100/B–98/001. Available from: https:// www.epa.gov/osp/spc/prhandbk.pdf. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2000b) U.S. EPA. Science Policy Council handbook: risk characterization. EPA Science Policy Council, Washington, DC. EPA/100/B– 00/002. Available from: https:// www.epa.gov/osp/spc/rchandbk.pdf. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2000c) Supplementary guidance for conducting health risk assessments of chemical mixtures. Risk Assessment Forum, Washington, DC. EPA/630/R–00/002. Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=20533. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2000d) Guidance for data quality assessment: practical methods for data analysis. Office of Environmental Information, Washington, DC. EPA/600/ R–96/084. Available from: https:// www.epa.gov/quality/qs-docs/g9final.pdf. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2000e) EPA quality manual for environmental programs 5360 A1. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/ quality/qs-docs/5360.pdf. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2001a) Health effects test guidelines. Combined chronic toxicity/ carcinogenicty testing of respirable fibrous particles. OPPTS 870.8355. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/ opptsfrs/home/guidelin.htm. E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / Notices U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2001b) Notice of opportunity to provide additional information and comment. FR 66:59593–59594. Available from: https://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=55868. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2002a) Guidelines for ensuring and maximizing the quality, objectivity, utility and integrity for information disseminated by the Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Environmental Information, Washington, DC. EPA/260/R–02/008. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/oei/ qualityguidelines/. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2002b) A review of the reference dose and reference concentration process. Risk Assessment Forum, Washington, DC. EPA/630/P–02/ 002F. Available from: https:// cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/raf/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=55365. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2002c) Workshop on the benefits of reductions in exposure to hazardous air pollutants: developing best estimates of dose-response functions. Science Advisory Board, Washington, DC. EPA/SAB–EC/WKSHP/02/001. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/ science1/fiscal02.htm. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2002d) Child-specific exposure factors handbook (interim report). EPA/ 600/P–00/002B. Office of Research and Development, National Center for Environmental Assessment, Washington, DC, 448 pp. Available from: https:// cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/cfm/ recordisplay.cfm?deid=55145. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2003) A summary of general assessment factors for evaluating the quality of scientific and technical information. Science Policy Council, Washington, DC. EPA 100/B–03/001. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/osa/ spc/htm/assess2.pdf. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2004). Final Regulatory Analysis: Control of Emissions from Nonroad Diesel Engines. Prepared by U.S. EPA, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Washington, DC, May; EPA report no. EPA420–R–04–007. See chapter 9 and Appendix B. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/nonroaddiesel/2004fr.htm#ria. U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2005) Supplemental guidance for assessing cancer susceptibility from early-life exposure to carcinogens. Risk Assessment Forum, Washington, DC. Available from: https://www.epa.gov/ ncea/raf. Vainio, H; Magee, P; McGregor, D; et al. (1992) Mechanisms of carcinogenesis in risk identification. IARC Sci. Pubs. No. 116. Lyon, France: IARC. Van Der Fels-Klerx, IHJ; Goossens, LHJ; Saatkamp, HW; Horst, SHS. (2002) Elicitation of quantitative data from a heterogeneous expert panel: formal process and application in animal VerDate jul<14>2003 15:25 Apr 06, 2005 Jkt 205001 health. Risk Anal.22:67–81. Van Sittert, NJ; De Jong, G; Clare, MG; et al. (1985) Cytogenetic, immunological, and hematological effects in workers in an ethylene oxide manufacturing plant. Br J Indust Med 42:19–26. Vater, ST; McGinnis, PM; Schoeny, RS; et al. (1993) Biological considerations for combining carcinogenicity data for quantitative risk assessment. Regul. Toxicol Pharmacol 18:403–418. Vesselinovitch, SD; Rao, KVN; Mihailovich, N. (1979) Neoplastic response of mouse tissues during perinatal age periods and its significance in chemical carcinogenesis. NCI Monogr 51:239. Vogelstein, B; Fearon, ER; Hamilton, SR; et al. (1988) Genetic alterations during colorectal-tumor development. N Eng J Med 319:525–532. Walker, KD; MacIntosh, D; Evans, JS. (2001) Use of expert judgment in exposure assessment. Part I. Characterization of personal exposure to benzene. J Exposure Environ Epidemiol 11:308– 322. Walker, KD; Catalano, P; Hammitt, JK; Evans, JS. (2003) Use of expert judgment in exposure assessment: part 2. Calibration of expert judgments about personal exposures to benzene. J Expo Anal Environ Epidemiol. 13:1–16. Waters, MD; Stack, H; F. Jackson, MA. (1999) Short-term tests for defining mutagenic carcinogens. In: McGregor, DB; Rice, JM; Venitt, S, eds. The use of short term tests for carcinogens and data on genetic effects in carcinogenic hazard evaluation. Lyon, France: International Agency for Research on Cancer. IARC Sci. Publ. No. 146, pp.499–536. Whitfield, RG; Wallsten, TS. (1989). A risk assessment for selected lead-induced health effects: an example of a general methodology. Risk Anal. 9:197–208. Whysner, J; Williams, GM. (1996) Saccharin mechanistic data and risk assessment: urine composition, enhanced cell proliferation, and tumor promotion. Pharmacol Ther 71:225:252. Willis, HH; DeKay, ML; Morgan, MG; Florig, HK; Fischbeck, PS. (2004) Ecological risk ranking: development and evaluation of a method for improving public participation in environmental decision making, Risk Anal. 24:363–78. Winkler, RL; Wallsten, TS; Whitfield, RG; Richmond, HM; Rosenbaum, AS. (1995). An assessment of the risk of chronic lung injury attributable to long-term ozone exposure. Operations Research 43:19–28. Woo, YT; Arcos, JC. (1989) Role of structureactivity relationship analysis in evaluation of pesticides for potential carcinogenicity. In: Ragsdale, NN; Menzer, RE, eds. Carcinogenicity and pesticides: principles, issues, and relationship. ACS Symposium Series No. 414. San Diego: Academic Press; pp. 175–200. Yamasaki, H. (1995) Non-genotoxic mechanisms of carcinogenesis: Studies of cell transformation and gap junctional intercellular communication. Toxicol Lett 77:55–61. Zeckhauser, RJ; Viscusi, WK. (1990). Risk PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4703 17817 Within Reason, Science 248:559–564. [FR Doc. 05–6642 Filed 4–6–05; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560–50–C ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [FRL–7895–1] Notice of Availability of the Document Entitled Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Susceptibility From EarlyLife Exposure to Carcinogens U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). ACTION: Notice of availability of final document. AGENCY: SUMMARY: This Notice announces the availability of the final document entitled Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Susceptibility from Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens, hereafter referred to as Supplemental Guidance. DATES: The Supplemental Guidance is available for use by EPA risk assessors as of March 29, 2005. ADDRESSES: The Supplemental Guidance document is available electronically through the EPA Web site at https://www.epa.gov/cancerguidelines. A limited number of paper and CDROM copies will be available from the EPA’s National Service Center for Environmental Publications (NSCEP), P.O. Box 42419, Cincinnati, OH 45242; telephone: (800) 490–9198 or (513) 489– 8190; facsimile: (513) 489–8695. Please provide your name, mailing address, the title and the EPA number of the requested publication (EPA/630/R–03/ 003F). Additionally, copies of the Supplemental Guidance will be available for inspection at EPA headquarters and regional libraries, through the U.S. Government Depository Library program. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dr. William P. Wood, Risk Assessment Forum, National Center for Environmental Assessment (8601D), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone: (202) 564–3361; facsimile: (202) 565–0062; or e-mail: risk.forum@epa.gov. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background In another notice in today’s Federal Register, EPA has announced the availability of final Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment (EPA/630/ P–03/001F), hereafter referred to as the Guidelines. The background and scope of the Guidelines are explained in that notice. The Guidelines explicitly call for E:\FR\FM\07APN2.SGM 07APN2

Agencies

[Federal Register Volume 70, Number 66 (Thursday, April 7, 2005)]
[Notices]
[Pages 17766-17817]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 05-6642]



[[Page 17765]]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Part II





Environmental Protection Agency





-----------------------------------------------------------------------



Notice of Availability; Documents Entitled Guidelines for Carcinogen 
Risk Assessment and Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Susceptibility 
From Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens; Notices

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 66 / Thursday, April 7, 2005 / 
Notices

[[Page 17766]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

[FRL-7895-2]


Notice of Availability of the Document Entitled Guidelines for 
Carcinogen Risk Assessment

AGENCY: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Notice of availability of final document.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This Notice announces the availability of the final document, 
Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment (EPA/630/P-03/001F), 
hereafter referred to as the Guidelines. These Guidelines were 
developed as part of an Agency-wide guidelines development program by a 
Technical Panel of the U.S. EPA's Risk Assessment Forum, which was 
composed of scientists from throughout the Agency. Selected drafts were 
peer reviewed internally by the U.S. EPA's Science Advisory Board, and 
by experts from universities, environmental groups, industry and other 
governmental agencies. The Guidelines were also subjected to several 
public comment periods. Issuance of these final Guidelines fulfills 
EPA's obligations under section 112(o) (7) of the Clean Air Act.

DATES: The Guidelines are available for use by EPA risk assessors as 
March 29, 2005.

ADDRESSES: This Notice contains the full Guidelines document. The 
Guidelines also are available electronically through the EPA Web site 
at https://www.epa.gov/cancerguidelines. A limited number of paper and 
CDROM copies will be available from the EPA's National Service Center 
for Environmental Publications (NSCEP), P.O. Box 42419, Cincinnati, OH 
45242; telephone: (800) 490-9198 or (513) 489-8190; facsimile: (513) 
489-8695. Please provide your name, mailing address and the title and 
number of the requested EPA publication (EPA/630/P-03-001F). 
Additionally, copies of the Guidelines will be available for inspection 
at EPA headquarters and regional libraries, through the U.S. Government 
Depository Library program.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dr. William P. Wood, Risk Assessment 
Forum, National Center for Environmental Assessment (8601D), U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington DC 20460, telephone: (202) 
564-3361; facsimile: (202) 565-0062; or e-mail: 
risk.forum@epamail.epa.gov.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In the 1983 Risk Assessment in the Federal 
Government: Managing the Process, the National Academy of Sciences 
recommended that Federal regulatory agencies establish ``inference 
guidelines'' to promote consistency and technical quality in risk 
assessment, and to ensure that the risk assessment process is 
maintained as a scientific effort separate from risk management. A task 
force within EPA accepted that recommendation and requested that EPA 
scientists begin to develop such guidelines. In 1984, EPA scientists 
began work on risk assessment guidelines for carcinogenicity, 
mutagenicity, suspect developmental toxicants, chemical mixtures and 
exposure assessment. Following extensive scientific and public review, 
these five guidelines were issued on September 24, 1986 (51 FR 33992-
34054). Since 1986, additional risk assessment guidelines have been 
developed, revised and supplemented.
    EPA continues to revisit the guidelines as experience and 
scientific consensus evolve. In 1996, the Agency published proposed 
revisions to EPA's 1986 cancer guidelines for public comment. Since the 
1996 proposal, the document has undergone extensive public comment and 
scientific peer review, including three reviews by EPA's Science 
Advisory Board (SAB) in February 1997, January 1999 and July 1999. The 
July 1999 review panel was supplemented by the EPA Children's Health 
Protection Advisory Committee. Public comments were received concurrent 
to each of these reviews. In 2001 (66 FR 59593, November 29, 2001) an 
additional public comment period was held requesting new information 
gained through the use of the July 1999 draft final revised guidelines 
on issues including, but not limited to, the nature and use of default 
assumptions; definition and application of hazard descriptors; 
identification of carcinogenic mode(s) of action and, in particular, 
consideration of relevancy for children (e.g., the potential for 
differential life stage susceptibility); and guidance on the use of the 
margin of exposure analysis. The notice also announced that the July 
1999 draft final revised guidelines would serve as EPA's interim 
guidance to EPA risk assessors preparing cancer risk assessment, until 
the issuance of final guidelines. In May 2003 EPA made available for 
public comment a revised draft of the guidelines, and in February 2005 
the guidelines underwent interagency review. The final Guidelines 
issued today are based, in part, upon the recommendations derived from 
public comments, workshops and recommendations of the SAB.
    CAA section 112(o)(7) provides ``[t]he Administrator shall 
consider, but need not adopt, the recommendations contained in the 
report of the National Academy of Sciences prepared pursuant to this 
subsection and the views of the Science Advisory Board, with respect to 
such report. Prior to the promulgation of any standard under [CAA 
section 112(f)], and after notice and opportunity for comment, the 
Administrator shall publish revised Guidelines for Carcinogenic Risk 
Assessment or a detailed explanation of the reasons that any 
recommendations contained in the report of the National Academy of 
Sciences will not be implemented.''
    In response to CAA section 112(o)(7), the 1994 National Research 
Council (NRC) report, and continuing developments in the science of 
cancer risk assessment, EPA began the process of revising its 
Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment. Revisions to the Guidelines 
were intended to make greater use of the increasing scientific 
understanding of the mechanisms that underlie the carcinogenic process. 
Several drafts of revisions to the Guidelines have been subject to 
extensive public comment and scientific peer review, including three 
reviews by EPA's SAB, as discussed above. EPA considered the 1994 
recommendations of the NRC on the Guidelines. EPA's approach to those 
NRC recommendations is reflected in the Guidelines. Draft EPA responses 
to the NRC recommendations were presented in the preamble to the 1996 
draft of these revised Guidelines (61 FR 18003, April 23, 1996). By 
issuing the final Guidelines which address the recommendations of the 
NRC, EPA has fulfilled its responsibilities under CAA section 
112(o)(7).

Features of the Guidelines

    The Guidelines are intended to make greater use of the increasing 
scientific understanding of the mechanisms that underlie the 
carcinogenic process. The final guidelines include discussions of all 
of the four steps of the risk assessment process and provide guidance 
to risk assessors on these steps. In applying these principles to the 
development of these Guidelines, the following key issues were 
highlighted: use of default options, the consideration of mode of 
action, understanding of biological changes, fuller characterization of 
carcinogenic potential, and consideration of differences in 
susceptibility.
    Use of default options--Default options are approaches that EPA can

[[Page 17767]]

apply in risk assessments when scientific information about the effects 
of an agent on human health is unavailable, limited, or of insufficient 
quality. Under the final Guidelines, EPA's approach begins with a 
critical analysis of available information, and then invokes defaults 
if needed to address uncertainty or the absence of critical 
information.
    Consideration of mode of action--Cancer refers to a group of 
diseases involving abnormal, malignant tissue growth. Research has 
revealed that the development of cancer involves a complex series of 
steps and that carcinogens may operate in a number of different ways. 
The final Guidelines emphasize the value of understanding the 
biological changes and how these changes might lead to the development 
of cancer. They also discuss ways to evaluate and use such information, 
including information about an agent's postulated mode of action, or 
the series of steps and processes that lead to cancer formation. Mode-
of-action data, when available and of sufficient quality, may be used 
to draw conclusions about the potency of a chemical, its potential 
effects at low doses, whether findings in animals are relevant to 
humans, and which populations or lifestages may be particularly 
susceptible.
    Fuller characterization of carcinogenic potential--In the final 
Guidelines, an agent's human carcinogenic potential is described in a 
weight-of-evidence narrative. The narrative summarizes the full range 
of available evidence and describes any conditions associated with 
conclusions about an agent's hazard potential. For example, the 
narrative may explain that a chemical appears to be carcinogenic by 
some routes of exposure but not by others (e.g., by inhalation but not 
ingestion). Similarly, a hazard may be attributed to exposures during 
sensitive life-stages of development but not at other times. The 
narrative also summarizes uncertainties and key default options that 
have been invoked. To provide additional clarity and consistency in 
weight-of-evidence narratives, the Guidelines present a set of weight-
of-evidence descriptors that accompany the narratives. The Guidelines 
emphasize that risk managers should consider the full range of 
information in the narratives and not focus exclusively on the 
descriptors. As in the case of the narratives, descriptors may apply 
only to certain routes of exposure, dose ranges and durations of 
exposure.
    Consideration of differences in susceptibility--The Guidelines 
explicitly recognize that variation may exist among people in their 
susceptibility to carcinogens. Some subpopulations may experience 
increased susceptibility to carcinogens throughout their life, such as 
people who have inherited predisposition to certain cancer types or 
reduced capacity to repair genetic damage. Also, during certain 
lifestages the entire population may experience heightened 
susceptibility to carcinogens. In particular, EPA notes that childhood 
may be a lifestage of greater susceptibility for a number of reasons: 
rapid growth and development that occurs prenatally and after birth, 
differences related to an immature metabolic system, and differences in 
diet and behavior patterns that may increase exposure.
    The final Guidelines explicitly call for consideration of possible 
sensitive subpopulations and/or lifestages (such as childhood). 
Therefore, concurrent with release of the final Guidelines, EPA 
published a separate guidance, entitled Supplemental Guidance for 
Assessing Susceptibility from Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens (EPA/
630/R-03/003F), hereafter referred to as the Supplemental Guidance, 
describing possible approaches that could be used to assess risks 
resulting from early life exposure to potential carcinogens. The 
Supplemental Guidance is separate from the Guidelines so that it may be 
more easily updated in a timely manner given the expected rapid 
evolution of scientific understanding about the effects of early-life 
exposures. Availability of the Supplemental Guidance is announced in a 
separate notice, also published in today's Federal Register.

Risk Assessment Guidelines at EPA

    These Guidelines set forth principles and procedures to guide EPA 
scientists in the conduct of cancer risk assessments and to inform 
Agency decision makers and the public about these procedures. Policies 
in this document are intended as internal guidance for EPA. So risk 
assessors and risk managers at EPA are the primary audience. These 
Guidelines also provide basic information to the public about EPA's 
risk assessment methods. In particular, the Guidelines emphasize that 
risk assessments should be conducted on a case-by-case basis, giving 
full consideration to all relevant scientific information. This 
approach means that Agency experts study scientific information on each 
agent under review and use the most scientifically appropriate 
interpretation to assess risk. The Guidelines also stress that this 
information be fully presented in Agency risk assessment documents, and 
that Agency scientists identify the strengths and weaknesses of each 
assessment by describing uncertainties, assumptions and limitations, as 
well as the scientific basis and rationale for each assessment. The 
Guidelines are formulated in part to bridge gaps in risk assessment 
methodology and data. By identifying these gaps and the importance of 
the missing information to the risk assessment process, EPA wishes to 
encourage research and analysis that will lead to new risk assessment 
methods and data.
    The Guidelines are guidance only. They do not establish any 
substantive ``rules'' under the Administrative Procedure Act or any 
other law and have no binding effect on EPA or any regulated entity, 
but instead will represent a non-binding statement of policy. EPA 
believes that the Guidelines represent a sound and up-to-date approach 
to cancer risk assessment and enhance the application of the best 
available science in EPA's risk assessments. However, EPA cancer risk 
assessments may be conducted differently than envisioned in the 
Guidelines for many reasons, including (but not limited to) new 
information, new scientific understanding or new science policy 
judgment. The science of risk assessment continues to develop rapidly, 
and specific components of the Guidelines may become outdated or may 
otherwise require modification in individual settings. Use of the 
Guidelines in future risk assessments will be based on decisions by EPA 
that approaches from the Guidelines are suitable and appropriate in the 
context of those particular risk assessments. These judgments will be 
tested through peer review, and risk assessments will be modified to 
use different approaches if appropriate.
    Even though the Guidelines are not binding rules, EPA is issuing 
them in a manner consistent with the procedures in the Administrative 
Procedure Act that are generally applicable to rulemaking, including 
providing opportunity for public comment. EPA considered and responded 
to all significant public comments as it prepared the Guidelines and 
will send a copy of the final Guidelines to Congress. EPA certifies 
that the Guidelines will not have a significant impact on a substantial 
number of small entities, because the Guidelines are for the benefit of 
EPA and impose no requirements or costs on small entities.

Implementation

    Beginning today, Guidelines and Supplemental Guidance serve as 
EPA's

[[Page 17768]]

recommendation to Agency risk assessors preparing cancer risk 
assessments. As EPA prepares cancer assessments under the Integrated 
Risk Information System (IRIS) program, as well as in other EPA 
programs, the Agency intends to begin to use the Guidelines and 
Supplemental Guidance. EPA also intends to consider the Guidelines and 
Supplemental Guidance along with other selection factors when EPA 
selects agents for reassessment in annual IRIS agendas (see for 
example, 70 FR 10616, March 4, 2005).

    Dated: March 29, 2005.
Stephen L. Johnson,
Acting Administrator.

Contents

1. Introduction
    1.1. Purpose and Scope of the Guidelines
    1.2. Organization and Application of the Guidelines
    1.2.1. Organization
    1.2.2. Application
    1.3. Key Features of the Cancer Guidelines
    1.3.1. Critical Analysis of Available Information as the 
Starting Point for Evaluation
    1.3.2. Mode of Action
    1.3.3. Weight of Evidence Narrative
    1.3.4. Dose-response Assessment
    1.3.5. Susceptible Populations and Lifestages
    1.3.6. Evaluating Risks from Childhood Exposures
    1.3.7. Emphasis on Characterization
2. Hazard Assessment
    2.1. Overview of Hazard Assessment and Characterization
    2.1.1. Analyses of Data
    2.1.2. Presentation of Results
    2.2. Analysis of Tumor Data
    2.2.1. Human Data
    2.2.1.1. Assessment of Evidence of Carcinogenicity From Human 
Data
    2.2.1.2. Types of Studies
    2.2.1.3. Exposure Issues
    2.2.1.4. Biological Markers
    2.2.1.5. Confounding Actors
    2.2.1.6. Statistical Considerations
    2.2.1.6.1. Likelihood of Observing an Effect
    2.2.1.6.2. Sampling and Other Bias Issues
    2.2.1.6.3. Combining Statistical Evidence Across Studies
    2.2.1.7. Evidence for Causality
    2.2.2. Animal Data
    2.2.2.1. Long-term Carcinogenicity Studies
    2.2.2.1.1. Dosing Issues
    2.2.2.1.2. Statistical Considerations
    2.2.2.1.3. Concurrent and Historical Controls
    2.2.2.1.4. Assessment of Evidence of Carcinogenicity From Long-
term Animal Studies
    2.2.2.1.5. Site Concordance
    2.2.2.2. Perinatal Carcinogenicity Studies
    2.2.2.3. Other Studies
    2.2.3. Structural Analogue Data
    2.3. Analysis of Other Key Data
    2.3.1. Physicochemical Properties
    2.3.2. Structure-Activity Relationships
    2.3.3. Comparative Metabolism and Toxicokinetics
    2.3.4. Toxicological and Clinical Findings
    2.3.5. Events Relevant to Mode of Carcinogenic Action
    2.3.5.1. Direct DNA-Reactive Effects
    2.3.5.2. Indirect DNA Effects or Other Effects on Genes/Gene 
Expression
    2.3.5.3. Precursor Events and Biomarker Information
    2.3.5.4. Judging Data
    2.4. Mode of Action--General Considerations and Framework for 
Analysis
    2.4.1. General Considerations
    2.4.2. Evaluating a Hypothesized Mode of Action
    2.4.2.1. Peer Review
    2.4.2.2. Use of the Framework
    2.4.3. Framework for Evaluating Each Hypothesized Carcinogenic 
Mode of Action
    2.4.3.1. Description of the Hypothesized Mode of Action
    2.4.3.2. Discussion of the Experimental Support for the 
Hypothesized Mode of Action
    2.4.3.3. Consideration of the Possibility of Other Modes of 
Action
    2.4.3.4. Conclusions About the Hypothesized Mode of Action
    2.4.4. Evolution with Experience
    2.5. Weight of Evidence Narrative
    2.6. Hazard Characterization
3. Dose-Response Assessment
    3.1. Analysis of Dose
    3.1.1. Standardizing Different Experimental Dosing Regimens
    3.1.2. Toxicokinetic Data and Modeling
    3.1.3. Cross-species Scaling Procedures
    3.1.3.1. Oral Exposures
    3.1.3.2. Inhalation Exposures
    3.1.4. Route Extrapolation
    3.2. Analysis in the Range of Observation
    3.2.1. Epidemiologic Studies
    3.2.2. Toxicodynamic (``Biologically Based'') Modeling
    3.2.3. Empirical Modeling (``Curve Fitting'')
    3.2.4. Point of Departure (POD)
    3.2.5. Characterizing the POD: The POD Narrative
    3.2.6. Relative Potency Factors
    3.3. Extrapolation to Lower Doses
    3.3.1. Choosing an Extrapolation Approach
    3.3.2. Extrapolation Using a Toxicodynamic Model
    3.3.3. Extrapolation Using a Low-dose Linear Model
    3.3.4. Nonlinear Extrapolation to Lower Doses
    3.3.5. Comparing and Combining Multiple Extrapolations
    3.4. Extrapolation to Different Human Exposure Scenarios
    3.5. Extrapolation to Susceptible Populations and Lifestages
    3.6. Uncertainty
    3.7. Dose-Response Characterization
4. Exposure Assessment
    4.1. Defining the Assessment Questions
    4.2. Selecting or Developing the Conceptual and Mathematical 
Models
    4.3. Collecting Data or Selecting and Evaluating Available Data
    4.3.1. Adjusting Unit Risks for Highly Exposed Populations and 
Lifestages
    4.4. Exposure Characterization
5. Risk Characterization
    5.1. Purpose
    5.2. Application
    5.3. Presentation of the Risk Characterization Summary
    5.4. Content of the Risk Characterization Summary
Appendix: Major Default Options
Appendix B: EPA's Guidance for Data Quality Assessment
References

List of Figures

Figure 1-1. Flow chart for early-life risk assessment using mode of 
action framework
Figure 3-1. Compatibility of Alternative Points of Departure with 
Observed and Modeled Tumor Incidences
Figure 3-2. Crossing between 10% and 1% Dose-Response Curves for 
Bladder Carcinomas and Liver Carcinomas Induced by 2-AAF

1. Introduction

1.1. Purpose and Scope of the Guidelines

    These guidelines revise and replace the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency's (EPA's, or the Agency's) Guidelines for Carcinogen 
Risk Assessment, published in 51 FR 33992, September 24, 1986 (U.S. 
EPA, 1986a) and the 1999 interim final guidelines (U.S. EPA, 1999a; see 
U.S. EPA 2001b). They provide EPA staff with guidance for developing 
and using risk assessments. They also provide basic information to the 
public about the Agency's risk assessment methods.
    These cancer guidelines are used with other risk assessment 
guidelines, such as the Guidelines for Mutagenicity Risk Assessment 
(U.S. EPA, 1986b) and the Guidelines for Exposure Assessment (U.S. EPA, 
1992a). Consideration of other Agency guidance documents is also 
important in assessing cancer risks where procedures for evaluating 
specific target organ effects have been developed (e.g., assessment of 
thyroid follicular cell tumors, U.S. EPA, 1998a). All of EPA's 
guidelines should be consulted when conducting a risk assessment in 
order to ensure that information from studies on carcinogenesis and 
other health effects are considered together in the overall 
characterization of risk. This is particularly true in the case in 
which a precursor effect for a tumor is also a precursor or endpoint of 
other health effects or when there is a concern for a particular 
susceptible life-stage for which the Agency has developed guidance, for 
example, Guidelines for Developmental Toxicity Risk Assessment (U.S. 
EPA, 1991a). The developmental guidelines discuss hazards to children 
that may result from exposures during preconception and prenatal or 
postnatal development to

[[Page 17769]]

sexual maturity. Similar guidelines exist for reproductive toxicant 
risk assessments (U.S. EPA, 1996a) and for neurotoxicity risk 
assessment (U.S. EPA, 1998b). The overall characterization of risk is 
conducted within the context of broader policies and guidance such as 
Executive Order 13045, ``Protection of Children From Environmental 
Health Risks and Safety Risks'' (Executive Order 13045, 1997) which is 
the primary directive to Federal agencies and departments to identify 
and assess environmental health risks and safety risks that may 
disproportionately affect children.
    The cancer guidelines encourage both consistency in the procedures 
that support scientific components of Agency decision making and 
flexibility to allow incorporation of innovations and contemporaneous 
scientific concepts. In balancing these goals, the Agency relies on 
established scientific peer review processes (U.S. EPA, 2000a; OMB 
2004). The cancer guidelines incorporate basic principles and science 
policies based on evaluation of the currently available information. 
The Agency intends to revise these cancer guidelines when substantial 
changes are necessary. As more information about carcinogenesis 
develops, the need may arise to make appropriate changes in risk 
assessment guidance. In the interim, the Agency intends to issue 
special reports, after appropriate peer review, to supplement and 
update guidance on single topics (e.g., U.S. EPA, 1991b). One such 
guidance document, Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Susceptibility 
from Early-Life Exposure to Carcinogens (``Supplemental Guidance''), 
was developed in conjunction with these cancer guidelines (U.S. EPA., 
2005). Because both the methodology and the data in the Supplemental 
Guidance (see Section 1.3.6) are expected to evolve more rapidly than 
the issues addressed in these cancer guidelines, the two were developed 
as separate documents. The Supplemental Guidance, however, as well as 
any other relevant (including subsequent) guidance documents, should be 
considered along with these cancer guidelines as risk assessments for 
carcinogens are generated. The use of supplemental guidance, such as 
the Supplemental Guidance for Assessing Cancer Susceptibility from 
Early-life Exposure to Carcinogens, has the advantage of allowing the 
Supplemental Guidance to be modified as more data become available. 
Thus, the consideration of new, peer-reviewed scientific understanding 
and data in an assessment can always be consistent with the purposes of 
these cancer guidelines.
    These cancer guidelines are intended as guidance only. They do not 
establish any substantive ``rules'' under the Administrative Procedure 
Act or any other law and have no binding effect on EPA or any regulated 
entity, but instead represent a non-binding statement of policy. EPA 
believes that the cancer guidelines represent a sound and up-to-date 
approach to cancer risk assessment, and the cancer guidelines enhance 
the application of the best available science in EPA's risk 
assessments. However, EPA cancer risk assessments may be conducted 
differently than envisioned in the cancer guidelines for many reasons, 
including (but not limited to) new information, new scientific 
understanding, or new science policy judgment. The science of risk 
assessment continues to develop rapidly, and specific components of the 
cancer guidelines may become outdated or may otherwise require 
modification in individual settings. Use of the cancer guidelines in 
future risk assessments will be based on decisions by EPA that the 
approaches are suitable and appropriate in the context of those 
particular risk assessments. These judgments will be tested through 
peer review, and risk assessments will be modified to use different 
approaches if appropriate.

1.2. Organization and Application of the Cancer Guidelines

1.2.1. Organization
    Publications by the Office of Science and Technology (OSTP, 1985) 
and the National Research Council (NRC) (NRC, 1983, 1994) provide 
information and general principles about risk assessment. Risk 
assessment uses available scientific information on the properties of 
an agent \1\ and its effects in biological systems to provide an 
evaluation of the potential for harm as a consequence of environmental 
exposure. The 1983 and 1994 NRC documents organize risk assessment 
information into four areas: Hazard identification, dose-response 
assessment, exposure assessment, and risk characterization. This 
structure appears in these cancer guidelines, with additional emphasis 
placed on characterization of evidence and conclusions in each area of 
the assessment. In particular, the cancer guidelines adopt the approach 
of the NRC's 1994 report in adding a dimension of characterization to 
the hazard identification step: an evaluation of the conditions under 
which its expression is anticipated. Risk assessment questions 
addressed in these cancer guidelines are as follows.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The term ``agent'' refers generally to any chemical 
substance, mixture, or physical or biological entity being assessed, 
unless otherwise noted (See Section 1.2.2 for a note on radiation.).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     For hazard--Can the identified agent present a 
carcinogenic hazard to humans and, if so, under what circumstances?
     For dose response--At what levels of exposure might 
effects occur?
     For exposure--What are the conditions of human exposure?
     For risk--What is the character of the risk? How well do 
data support conclusions about the nature and extent of the risk from 
various exposures?
    The risk characterization process first summarizes findings on 
hazard, dose response, and exposure characterizations and then develops 
an integrative analysis of the whole risk case. It ends in the writing 
of a technical risk characterization. Other documents, such as 
summaries for the risk managers and the public, reflecting the key 
points of the risk characterization are usually written. A summary for 
managers is a presentation for those who may or may not be familiar 
with the scientific details of cancer assessment. It also provides 
information for other interested readers. The initial steps in the risk 
characterization process are to make building blocks in the form of 
characterizations of the assessments of hazard, dose response, and 
exposure. The individual assessments and characterizations are then 
integrated to arrive at risk estimates for exposure scenarios of 
interest. As part of the characterization process, explicit evaluations 
are made of the hazard and risk potential for susceptible lifestages, 
including children (U.S. EPA, 1995, 2000b).
    The 1994 NRC document also explicitly called attention to the role 
of the risk assessment process in identifying scientific uncertainties 
that, if addressed, could serve to reduce their uncertainty in future 
iterations of the risk assessment. NRC recommended that when the Agency 
``reports estimates of risk to decisions-makers and the public, it 
should present not only point estimates of risk, but also the sources 
and magnitudes of uncertainty associated with these estimates'' (p. 
15). Thus, the identified uncertainties serve as a feedback loop to the 
research community and decisionmakers, specifying areas and types of 
information that would be particularly useful.
    There are several reasons for individually characterizing the 
hazard, dose response, and exposure

[[Page 17770]]

assessments. One is that they are often done by different people than 
those who do the integrative analyses. The second is that there is very 
often a lapse of time between the conduct of hazard and dose-response 
analyses and the conduct of exposure assessment and integrative 
analysis. Thus, it is important to capture characterizations of 
assessments as the assessments are done to avoid the need to go back 
and reconstruct them. Finally, frequently a single hazard assessment is 
used by several programs for several different exposure scenarios. 
There may be one or several documents involved. ``Integrative 
analysis'' is a generic term; and many documents that have other titles 
may contain integrative analyses. In the following sections, the 
elements of these characterizations are discussed.
1.2.2. Application
    The cancer guidelines apply within the framework of policies 
provided by applicable EPA statutes and do not alter such policies.
     The cancer guidelines cover the assessment of available 
data. They do not imply that one kind of data or another is 
prerequisite for regulatory action concerning any agent. It is 
important that, when evaluating and considering the use of any data, 
EPA analysts incorporate the basic standards of quality, as defined by 
the EPA Information Quality Guidelines (U.S. EPA, 2002a see Appendix B) 
and other Agency guidance on data quality such as the EPA Quality 
Manual for Environmental Programs (U.S. EPA, 2000e), as well as OMB 
Guidelines for Ensuring and Maximizing the Quality, Utility, and 
Integrity of Information Disseminated by Federal Agencies (OMB, 2002). 
It is very important that all analyses consider the basic standards of 
quality, including objectivity, utility, and integrity. A summary of 
the factors and considerations generally used by the Agency when 
evaluating and considering the use of scientific and technical 
information is contained in EPA's A Summary of General Assessment 
Factors for Evaluating the Quality of Scientific and Technical 
Information (U.S. EPA, 2003).
     Risk management applies directives in statutes, which may 
require consideration of potential risk or solely hazard or exposure 
potential, along with social, economic, technical, and other factors in 
decision making. Risk assessments may be used to support decisions, but 
in order to maintain their integrity as decision-making tools, they are 
not influenced by consideration of the social or economic consequences 
of regulatory action.
    The assessment of risk from radiation sources is informed by the 
continuing examination of human data by the National Academy of 
Sciences/NRC in its series of numbered reports: ``Biological Effects of 
Ionizing Radiation.'' Although some of the general principles of these 
cancer guidelines may also apply to radiation risk assessments, some of 
the details of their risk assessment procedures may not, as they are 
most focused on other kinds of agents. Therefore, these cancer 
guidelines are not intended to provide the primary source of, or 
guidance for, the Agency's evaluation of the carcinogenic risks of 
radiation.
    Not every EPA assessment has the same scope or depth, a factor 
recognized by the National Academy of Sciences (NRC, 1996). For 
example, EPA's Information Quality Guidelines (U.S. EPA, 2002a, see 
Appendix B) discuss influential information that ``will have or does 
have a clear and substantial impact * * * on important public policies 
or private sector decisions * * * that should adhere to a rigorous 
standard of quality.'' It is often difficult to know a priori how the 
results of a risk assessment are likely to be used by the Agency. Some 
risk assessments may be used by Agency economists and policy analysts, 
and the necessary information for such analyses, as discussed in detail 
later in this document, should be included when practicable (U.S. EPA, 
2002a). On the other hand, Agency staff often conduct screening-level 
assessments for priority setting or separate assessments of hazard or 
exposure for ranking purposes or to decide whether to invest resources 
in collecting data for a full assessment. Moreover, a given assessment 
of hazard and dose response may be used with more than one exposure 
assessment that may be conducted separately and at different times as 
the need arises in studying environmental problems related to various 
exposure media. The cancer guidelines apply to these various situations 
in appropriate detail, given the scope and depth of the particular 
assessment. For example, a screening assessment may be based almost 
entirely on structure-activity relationships (SARs) and default 
options, when other data are not readily available. When more data and 
resources are readily available, assessments can use a critical 
analysis of all of the available data as the starting point of the risk 
assessment. Under these conditions, default options would only be used 
to address uncertainties or the absence of critical data. Default 
options are inferences based on general scientific knowledge of the 
phenomena in question and are also matters of policy concerning the 
appropriate way to bridge uncertainties that concern potential risk to 
human health.
    These cancer guidelines do not suggest that all of the kinds of 
data covered here will need to be available or used for either 
assessment or decision making. The level of detail of an assessment is 
a matter of Agency management discretion regarding applicable decision-
making needs. The Agency generally presumes that key cancer information 
(e.g., assessments contained in the Agency's Integrated Risk 
Information System) is ``influential information'' as defined by the 
EPA Information Quality Guidelines and ``highly influential'' as 
defined by OMB's Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (OMB 
2004).

1.3. Key Features of the Cancer Guidelines

1.3.1. Critical Analysis of Available Information as the Starting Point 
for Evaluation
    As an increasing understanding of carcinogenesis is becoming 
available, these cancer guidelines adopt a view of default options that 
is consistent with EPA's mission to protect human health while adhering 
to the tenets of sound science. Rather than viewing default options as 
the starting point from which departures may be justified by new 
scientific information, these cancer guidelines view a critical 
analysis of all of the available information that is relevant to 
assessing the carcinogenic risk as the starting point from which a 
default option may be invoked if needed to address uncertainty or the 
absence of critical information. Preference is given to using 
information that has been peer reviewed, e.g., reported in peer-
reviewed scientific journals. The primary goal of EPA actions is 
protection of human health; accordingly, as an Agency policy, risk 
assessment procedures, including default options that are used in the 
absence of scientific data to the contrary, should be health protective 
(U.S. EPA, 1999b).
    Use of health protective risk assessment procedures as described in 
these cancer guidelines means that estimates, while uncertain, are more 
likely to overstate than understate hazard and/or risk. NRC (1994) 
reaffirmed the use of default options as ``a reasonable way to cope 
with uncertainty about the choice of appropriate models or theory'' (p. 
104). NRC saw the need to treat uncertainty in a predictable way that 
is

[[Page 17771]]

``scientifically defensible, consistent with the agency's statutory 
mission, and responsive to the needs of decision-makers'' (p. 86). The 
extent of health protection provided to the public ultimately depends 
upon what risk managers decide is the appropriate course of regulatory 
action. When risk assessments are performed using only one set of 
procedures, it may be difficult for risk managers to determine how much 
health protectiveness is built into a particular hazard determination 
or risk characterization. When there are alternative procedures having 
significant biological support, the Agency encourages assessments to be 
performed using these alternative procedures, if feasible, in order to 
shed light on the uncertainties in the assessment, recognizing that the 
Agency may decide to give greater weight to one set of procedures than 
another in a specific assessment or management decision.
    Encouraging risk assessors to be receptive to new scientific 
information, NRC discussed the need for departures from default options 
when a ``sufficient showing'' is made. It called on EPA to articulate 
clearly its criteria for a departure so that decisions to depart from 
default options would be ``scientifically credible and receive public 
acceptance'' (p. 91). It was concerned that ad hoc departures would 
undercut the scientific credibility of a risk assessment. NRC 
envisioned that principles for choosing and departing from default 
options would balance several objectives, including ``protecting the 
public health, ensuring scientific validity, minimizing serious errors 
in estimating risks, maximizing incentives for research, creating an 
orderly and predictable process, and fostering openness and 
trustworthiness'' (p. 81).
    Appendices N-1 and N-2 of NRC (1994) discussed two competing 
standards for choosing default options articulated by members of the 
committee. One suggested approach would evaluate a departure in terms 
of whether ``it is scientifically plausible'' and whether it ``tends to 
protect public health in the face of scientific uncertainty'' (p. 601). 
An alternative approach ``emphasizes scientific plausibility with 
regard to the use of alternative models'' (p. 631). Reaching no 
consensus on a single approach, NRC recognized that developing criteria 
for departures is an EPA policy matter.
    The basis for invoking a default option depends on the 
circumstances. Generally, if a gap in basic understanding exists or if 
agent-specific information is missing, a default option may be used. If 
agent-specific information is present but critical analysis reveals 
inadequacies, a default option may also be used. If critical analysis 
of agent-specific information is consistent with one or more 
biologically based models as well as with the default option, the 
alternative models and the default option are both carried through the 
assessment and characterized for the risk manager. In this case, the 
default model not only fits the data, but also serves as a benchmark 
for comparison with other analyses. This case also highlights the 
importance of extensive experimentation to support a conclusion about 
mode of action, including addressing the issue of whether alternative 
modes of action are also plausible. Section 2.4 provides a framework 
for critical analysis of mode of action information to address the 
extent to which the available information supports the hypothesized 
mode of action, whether alternative modes of action are also plausible, 
and whether there is confidence that the same inferences can be 
extended to populations and lifestages that are not represented among 
the experimental data.
    Generally, cancer risk decisions strive to be ``scientifically 
defensible, consistent with the agency's statutory mission, and 
responsive to the needs of decision-makers'' (NRC, 1994). Scientific 
defensibility would be evaluated through use of EPA's Science Advisory 
Board, EPA's Office of Pesticide Programs' Scientific Advisory Panel, 
or other independent expert peer review panels to determine whether a 
consensus among scientific experts exists. Consistency with the 
Agency's statutory mission would consider whether the risk assessment 
overall supports EPA's mission to protect human health and safeguard 
the natural environment. Responsiveness to the needs of decisionmakers 
would take into account pragmatic considerations such as the nature of 
the decision; the required depth of analysis; the utility, time, and 
cost of generating new scientific data; and the time, personnel, and 
resources allotted to the risk assessment.
    With a multitude of types of data, analyses, and risk assessments, 
as well as the diversity of needs of decisionmakers, it is neither 
possible nor desirable to specify step-by-step criteria for decisions 
to invoke a default option. A discussion of major default options 
appears in the Appendix. Screening-level assessments may more readily 
use default parameters, even worst-case assumptions, that would not be 
appropriate in a full-scale assessment. On the other hand, significant 
risk management decisions will often benefit from a more comprehensive 
assessment, including alternative risk models having significant 
biological support. To the extent practicable, such assessments should 
provide central estimates of potential risks in conjunction with lower 
and upper bounds (e.g., confidence limits) and a clear statement of the 
uncertainty associated with these estimates.
    In the absence of sufficient data or understanding to develop of a 
robust, biologically based model, an appropriate policy choice is to 
have a single preferred curve-fitting model for each type of data set. 
Many different curve-fitting models have been developed, and those that 
fit the observed data reasonably well may lead to several-fold 
differences in estimated risk at the lower end of the observed range. 
In addition, goodness-of-fit to the experimental observations is not by 
itself an effective means of discriminating among models that 
adequately fit the data (OSTP, 1985). To provide some measure of 
consistency across different carcinogen assessments, EPA uses a 
standard curve-fitting procedure for tumor incidence data. Assessments 
that include a different approach should provide an adequate 
justification and compare their results with those from the standard 
procedure. Application of models to data should be conducted in an open 
and transparent manner.
1.3.2. Mode of Action
    The use of mode of action \2\ in the assessment of potential 
carcinogens is a main focus of these cancer guidelines. This area of 
emphasis arose because of the significant scientific advances that have 
developed concerning the causes of cancer induction. Elucidation of a 
mode of action for a particular cancer response in animals or humans is 
a data-rich determination. Significant

[[Page 17772]]

information should be developed to ensure that a scientifically 
justifiable mode of action underlies the process leading to cancer at a 
given site. In the absence of sufficiently, scientifically justifiable 
mode of action information, EPA generally takes public health-
protective, default positions regarding the interpretation of 
toxicologic and epidemiologic data: Animal tumor findings are judged to 
be relevant to humans, and cancer risks are assumed to conform with low 
dose linearity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ The term ``mode of action'' is defined as a sequence of key 
events and processes, starting with interaction of an agent with a 
cell, proceeding through operational and anatomical changes, and 
resulting in cancer formation. A ``key event'' is an empirically 
observable precursor step that is itself a necessary element of the 
mode of action or is a biologically based marker for such an 
element. Mode of action is contrasted with ``mechanism of action,'' 
which implies a more detailed understanding and description of 
events, often at the molecular level, than is meant by mode of 
action. The toxicokinetic processes that lead to formation or 
distribution of the active agent to the target tissue are considered 
in estimating dose but are not part of the mode of action as the 
term is used here. There are many examples of possible modes of 
carcinogenic action, such as mutagenicity, mitogenesis, inhibition 
of cell death, cytotoxicity with reparative cell proliferation, and 
immune suppression.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Understanding of mode of action can be a key to identifying 
processes that may cause chemical exposures to differentially affect a 
particular population segment or lifestage. Some modes of action are 
anticipated to be mutagenic and are assessed with a linear approach. 
This is the mode of action of radiation and several other agents that 
are known carcinogens. Other modes of action may be modeled with either 
linear or nonlinear \3\ approaches after a rigorous analysis of 
available data under the guidance provided in the framework for mode of 
action analysis (see Section 2.4.3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ The term ``nonlinear'' is used here in a narrower sense than 
its usual meaning in the field of mathematical modeling. In these 
cancer guidelines, the term ``nonlinear'' refers to threshold models 
(which show no response over a range of low doses that include zero) 
and some nonthreshold models (e.g., a quadractic model, which shows 
some response at all doses above zero). In these cancer guidelines, 
a nonlinear model is one whose slope is zero at (and perhaps above) 
a dose of zero. A low-dose-linear model is one whose slope is 
greater than zero at a dose of zero. A low-dose-linear model 
approximates a straight line only at very low doses; at higher doses 
near the observed data, a low-dose-linear model can display 
curvature. The term ``low-dose-linear'' is often abbreviated 
``linear,'' although a low-dose-linear model is not linear at all 
doses. Use of nonlinear approaches does not imply a biological 
threshold dose below which the response is zero. Estimating 
thresholds can be problematic; for example, a response that is not 
statistically significant can be consistent with a small risk that 
falls below an experiment's power of detection.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.3.3. Weight of Evidence Narrative
    The cancer guidelines emphasize the importance of weighing all of 
the evidence in reaching conclusions about the human carcinogenic 
potential of agents. This is accomplished in a single integrative step 
after assessing all of the individual lines of evidence, which is in 
contrast to the step-wise approach in the 1986 cancer guidelines. 
Evidence considered includes tumor findings, or lack thereof, in humans 
and laboratory animals; an agent's chemical and physical properties; 
its structure-activity relationships (SARs) as compared with other 
carcinogenic agents; and studies addressing potential carcinogenic 
processes and mode(s) of action, either in vivo or in vitro. Data from 
epidemiologic studies are generally preferred for characterizing human 
cancer hazard and risk. However, all of the information discussed above 
could provide valuable insights into the possible mode(s) of action and 
likelihood of human cancer hazard and risk. The cancer guidelines 
recognize the growing sophistication of research methods, particularly 
in their ability to reveal the modes of action of carcinogenic agents 
at cellular and subcellular levels as well as toxicokinetic processes.
    Weighing of the evidence includes addressing not only the 
likelihood of human carcinogenic effects of the agent but also the 
conditions under which such effects may be expressed, to the extent 
that these are revealed in the toxicological and other biologically 
important features of the agent.
    The weight of evidence narrative to characterize hazard summarizes 
the results of the hazard assessment and provides a conclusion with 
regard to human carcinogenic potential. The narrative explains the 
kinds of evidence available and how they fit together in drawing 
conclusions, and it points out significant issues/strengths/limitations 
of the data and conclusions. Because the narrative also summarizes the 
mode of action information, it sets the stage for the discussion of the 
rationale underlying a recommended approach to dose-response 
assessment.
    In order to provide some measure of clarity and consistency in an 
otherwise free-form, narrative characterization, standard descriptors 
are used as part of the hazard narrative to express the conclusion 
regarding the weight of evidence for carcinogenic hazard potential. 
There are five recommended standard hazard descriptors: ``Carcinogenic 
to Humans,'' ``Likely to Be Carcinogenic to Humans,'' ``Suggestive 
Evidence of Carcinogenic Potential,'' ``Inadequate Information to 
Assess Carcinogenic Potential,'' and ``Not Likely to Be Carcinogenic to 
Humans.'' Each standard descriptor may be applicable to a wide variety 
of data sets and weights of evidence and is presented only in the 
context of a weight of evidence narrative. Furthermore, as described in 
Section 2.5 of these cancer guidelines, more than one conclusion may be 
reached for an agent.
1.3.4. Dose-Response Assessment
    Dose-response assessment evaluates potential risks to humans at 
particular exposure levels. The approach to dose-response assessment 
for a particular agent is based on the conclusion reached as to its 
potential mode(s) of action for each tumor type. Because an agent may 
induce multiple tumor types, the dose-response assessment includes an 
analysis of all tumor types, followed by an overall synthesis that 
includes a characterization of the risk estimates across tumor types, 
the strength of the mode of action information of each tumor type, and 
the anticipated relevance of each tumor type to humans, including 
susceptible populations and lifestages (e.g., childhood).
    Dose-response assessment for each tumor type is performed in two 
steps: assessment of observed data to derive a point of departure 
(POD),\4\ followed by extrapolation to lower exposures to the extent 
that is necessary. Data from epidemiologic studies, of sufficient 
quality, are generally preferred for estimating risks. When animal 
studies are the basis of the analysis, the estimation of a human-
equivalent dose should utilize toxicokinetic data to inform cross-
species dose scaling if appropriate and if adequate data are available. 
Otherwise, default procedures should be applied. For oral dose, based 
on current science, an appropriate default option is to scale daily 
applied doses experienced for a lifetime in proportion to body weight 
raised to the \3/4\ power (U.S. EPA, 1992b). For inhalation dose, based 
on current science, an appropriate default methodology estimates 
respiratory deposition of particles and gases and estimates internal 
doses of gases with different absorption characteristics. When 
toxicokinetic modeling (see Section 3.1.2) is used without 
toxicodynamic modeling (see Section 3.2.2), the dose-response 
assessment develops and supports an approach for addressing 
toxicodynamic equivalence, perhaps by retaining some of the cross-
species scaling factor (see Section 3.1.3). Guidance is also provided 
for adjustment of dose from adults to children (see Section 4.3.1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ A ``point of departure'' (POD) marks the beginning of 
extrapolation to lower doses. The POD is an estimated dose (usually 
expressed in human-equivalent terms) near the lower end of the 
observed range, without significant extrapolation to lower doses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Response data on effects of the agent on carcinogenic processes are 
analyzed (nontumor data) in addition to data on tumor incidence. If 
appropriate, the analyses of data on tumor incidence and on precursor 
effects may be used in combination. To the extent the relationship 
between precursor effects and tumor incidence are known, precursor data 
may be used to estimate a dose-response function below the observable 
tumor data. Study of the dose-response function for effects

[[Page 17773]]

believed to be part of the carcinogenic process influenced by the agent 
may also assist in evaluating the relationship of exposure and response 
in the range of observation and at exposure levels below the range of 
observation.
    The first step of dose-response assessment is evaluation within the 
range of observation. Approaches to analysis of the range of 
observation of epidemiologic studies are determined by the type of 
study and how dose and response are measured in the study. In the 
absence of adequate human data for dose-response analysis, animal data 
are generally used. If there are sufficient quantitative data and 
adequate understanding of the carcinogenic process, a biologically 
based model may be developed to relate dose and response data on an 
agent-specific basis. Otherwise, as a default procedure, a standard 
model can be used to curve-fit the data.
    The POD for extrapolating the relationship to environmental 
exposure levels of interest, when the latter are outside the range of 
observed data, is generally the lower 95% confidence limit on the 
lowest dose level that can be supported for modeling by the data. SAB 
(1997) suggested that, ``it may be appropriate to emphasize lower 
statistical bounds in screening analyses and in activities designed to 
develop an appropriate human exposure value, since such activities 
require accounting for various types of uncertainties and a lower bound 
on the central estimate is a scientifically-based approach accounting 
for the uncertainty in the true value of the ED10 [or 
central estimate].'' However, the consensus of the SAB (1997) was that, 
``both point estimates and statistical bounds can be useful in 
different circumstances, and recommended that the Agency routinely 
calculate and present the point estimate of the ED10 [or 
central estimate] and the corresponding upper and lower 95% statistical 
bounds.'' For example, it may be appropriate to emphasize the central 
estimate in activities that involve formal uncertainty analysis that 
are required by OMB Circular A-4 (OMB, 2003) as well as ranking agents 
as to their carcinogenic hazard. Thus, risk assessors should calculate, 
to the extent practicable, and present the central estimate and the 
corresponding upper and lower statistical bounds (such as confidence 
limits) to inform decisionmakers.
    The second step of dose-response assessment is extrapolation to 
lower dose levels, if needed. This extrapolation is based on extension 
of a biologically based model if supported by substantial data (see 
Section 3.3.2). Otherwise, default approaches can be applied that are 
consistent with current understanding of mode(s) of action of the 
agent, including approaches that assume linearity or nonlinearity of 
the dose-response relationship, or both. A default approach for 
linearity extends a straight line from the POD to zero dose/zero 
response (see Section 3.3.3). The linear approach is used when: (1) 
There is an absence of sufficient information on modes of action or (2) 
the mode of action information indicates that the dose-response curve 
at low dose is or is expected to be linear. Where alternative 
approaches have significant biological support, and no scientific 
consensus favors a single approach, an assessment may present results 
using alternative approaches. A nonlinear approach can be used to 
develop a reference dose or a reference concentration (see Section 
3.3.4).
1.3.5. Susceptible Populations and Lifestages
    An important use of mode of action information is to identify 
susceptible populations and lifestages. It is rare to have 
epidemiologic studies or animal bioassays conducted in susceptible 
individuals. This information need can be filled by identifying the key 
events of the mode of action and then identifying risk factors, such as 
differences due to genetic polymorphisms, disease, altered organ 
function, lifestyle, and lifestage, that can augment these key events. 
To do this, the information about the key precursor events is reviewed 
to identify particular populations or lifestages that can be 
particularly susceptible to their occurrence (see Section 2.4.3.4). Any 
information suggesting quantitative differences between populations or 
lifestages is flagged for consideration in the dose-response assessment 
(see Section 3.5 and U.S. EPA 2002b).
1.3.6. Evaluating Risks From Childhood Exposures
    NRC (1994) recommended that ``EPA should assess risks to infants 
and children whenever it appears that their risks might be greater than 
those of adults.'' Executive Order 13045 (1997) requires that ``each 
Federal Agency shall make it a high priority to identify and assess 
environmental health and safety risks that may disproportionately 
affect children, and shall ensure that their policies, programs, and 
standards address disproportionate risks that result from environmental 
health risks or safety risks.'' In assessing risks to children, EPA 
considers both effects manifest during childhood and early-life 
exposures that can contribute to effects at any time later in life.
    These cancer guidelines view childhood as a sequence of lifestages 
rather than viewing children as a subpopulation, the distinction being 
that a subpopulation refers to a portion of the population, whereas a 
lifestage is inclusive of the entire population. Exposures that are of 
concern extend from conception through adolescence and also include 
pre-conception exposures of both parents. These cancer guidelines use 
the term ``childhood'' in this more inclusive sense.
    Rarely are there studies that directly evaluate risks following 
early-life exposure. Epidemiologic studies of early-life exposure to 
environmental agents are seldom available. Standard animal bioassays 
generally begin dosing after the animals are several weeks old, when 
many organ systems are mature. This could lead to an understatement of 
risk, because an accepted concept in the science of carcinogenesis is 
that young animals are usually more susceptible to the carcinogenic 
activity of a chemical than are mature animals (McConnell, 1992).
    At this time, there is some evidence of higher cancer risks 
following early-life exposure. For radiation carcinogenesis, data 
indicate that risks for several forms of cancer are highest following 
childhood exposure (NRC, 1990; Miller, 1995; U.S. EPA, 1999c). These 
human results are supported by the few animal bioassays that include 
perinatal (prenatal or early postnatal) exposure. Perinatal exposure to 
some agents can induce higher incidences of the tumors seen in standard 
bioassays; some examples include vinyl chloride (Maltoni et al., 1981), 
diethylnitrosamine (Peto et al., 1984), benzidine, DDT, dieldrin, and 
safrole (Vesselinovitch et al., 1979). Moreover, perinatal exposure to 
some agents, including vinyl chloride (Maltoni et al., 1981) and 
saccharin (Cohen, 1995; Whysner and Williams, 1996), can induce 
different tumors that are not seen in standard bioassays. Surveys 
comparing perinatal carcinogenesis bioassays with standard bioassays 
for a limited number of chemicals (McConnell, 1992; U.S. EPA, 1996b) 
have concluded that
     The same tumor sites are usually observed following either 
perinatal or adult exposure, and
     Perinatal exposure in conjunction with adult exposure 
usually increases the incidence of tumors or reduces the latent period 
before tumors are observed.
    The risk attributable to early-life exposure often appears modest 
compared with the risk from lifetime exposure, but it can be about 10-
fold

[[Page 17774]]

higher than the risk from an exposure of similar duration occurring 
later in life (Ginsberg, 2003). Further research is warranted to 
investigate the extent to which these findings apply to specific 
agents, chemical classes, and modes of action or in general.
    These empirical results are consistent with current understanding 
of the biological processes involved in carcinogenesis, which leads to 
a reasonable expectation that children can be more susceptible to many 
carcinogenic agents (Anderson et al., 2000; Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003; 
Ginsberg, 2003; Miller et al., 2002; Scheuplein et al., 2002). Some 
aspects potentially leading to childhood susceptibility are listed 
below.
     Differences in the capacity to metabolize and clear 
chemicals can result in larger or smaller internal doses of the active 
agent(s).
     More frequent cell division during development can result 
in enhanced expression of mutations due to the reduced time available 
for repair of DNA lesions (Slikker et al., 2004).
     Some embryonic cells, such as brain cells, lack key DNA 
repair enzymes.
     More frequent cell division during development can result 
in clonal expansion of cells with mutations from prior unrepaired DNA 
damage (Slikker et al., 2004).
     Some components of the immune system are not fully 
functional during development (Holladay and Smialowicz, 2000; Holsapple 
et al., 2003).
     Hormonal systems operate at different levels during 
different lifestages.
     Induction of developmental abnormalities can result in a 
predisposition to carcinogenic effects later in life (Anderson et al., 
2000; Birnbaum and Fenton, 2003; Fenton and Davis, 2002).
    To evaluate risks from early-life exposure, these cancer guidelines 
emphasize the role of toxicokinetic information to estimate levels of 
the active agent in children and toxicodynamic information to identify 
whether any key events of the mode of action are of increased concern 
early in life. Developmental toxicity studies can provide information 
on critical periods of exposure for particular targets of toxicity.
    An approach to assessing risks from early-life exposure is 
presented in Figure 1-1. In the hazard assessment, when there are mode 
of action data, the assessment considers whether these data have 
special relevance during childhood, considering the various aspects of 
development listed above. Examples of such data include toxicokinetics 
that predict a sufficiently large internal dose in children or a mode 
of action where a key precursor event is more likely to occur during 
childhood. There is no recommended default to settle the question of 
whether tumors arising through a mode of action are relevant during 
childhood; and adequate understanding the mode of action implies that 
there are sufficient data (on either the specific agent or the general 
mode of action) to form a confident conclusion about relevance during 
childhood (see Section 2.4.3.4).
    In the dose-response assessment, the potential for susceptibility 
during childhood warrants explicit consideration in
This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.